0001171843-14-002136.txt : 20140505 0001171843-14-002136.hdr.sgml : 20140505 20140505160505 ACCESSION NUMBER: 0001171843-14-002136 CONFORMED SUBMISSION TYPE: 8-K PUBLIC DOCUMENT COUNT: 6 CONFORMED PERIOD OF REPORT: 20140430 ITEM INFORMATION: Entry into a Material Definitive Agreement ITEM INFORMATION: Bankruptcy or Receivership ITEM INFORMATION: Creation of a Direct Financial Obligation or an Obligation under an Off-Balance Sheet Arrangement of a Registrant ITEM INFORMATION: Triggering Events That Accelerate or Increase a Direct Financial Obligation or an Obligation under an Off-Balance Sheet Arrangement ITEM INFORMATION: Regulation FD Disclosure ITEM INFORMATION: Financial Statements and Exhibits FILED AS OF DATE: 20140505 DATE AS OF CHANGE: 20140505 FILER: COMPANY DATA: COMPANY CONFORMED NAME: GSE Holding, Inc. CENTRAL INDEX KEY: 0001275712 STANDARD INDUSTRIAL CLASSIFICATION: UNSUPPORTED PLASTICS FILM & SHEET [3081] IRS NUMBER: 770619069 STATE OF INCORPORATION: DE FISCAL YEAR END: 1231 FILING VALUES: FORM TYPE: 8-K SEC ACT: 1934 Act SEC FILE NUMBER: 001-35382 FILM NUMBER: 14813428 BUSINESS ADDRESS: STREET 1: 10 SOUTH WACKER DR. STREET 2: SUITE 3175 CITY: CHICAGO STATE: IL ZIP: 60606 BUSINESS PHONE: 281-443-8564 MAIL ADDRESS: STREET 1: 19103 GUNDLE ROAD CITY: HOUSTON STATE: TX ZIP: 77073 FORMER COMPANY: FORMER CONFORMED NAME: GEO HOLDINGS CORP DATE OF NAME CHANGE: 20040108 8-K 1 f8k_050514.htm FORM 8-K f8k_050514.htm
UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
 
FORM 8-K


CURRENT REPORT

PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE
SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

Date of Report (Date of earliest event reported): April 30, 2014

GSE Holding, Inc.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

Delaware
001-35382
77-0619069
(State or other jurisdiction
(Commission
(IRS Employer
of incorporation)
File Number)
Identification No.)

19103 Gundle Road
Houston, TX 77073
(Address of principal executive offices, including zip code)

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: (281) 443-8564

(Former name or former address, if changed since last report.)


Check the appropriate box below if the Form 8-K filing is intended to simultaneously satisfy the filing obligation of the registrant under any of the following provisions:

o
Written communications pursuant to Rule 425 under the Securities Act (17 CFR 230.425)
   
o
Soliciting material pursuant to Rule 14a-12 under the Exchange Act (17 CFR 240.14a-12)
   
o
Pre-commencement communications pursuant to Rule 14d-2(b) under the Exchange Act (17 CFR 240.14d-2(b))
   
o
Pre-commencement communications pursuant to Rule 13e-4(c) under the Exchange Act (17 CFR 240.13e-4(c))
 
 
 

 
Item 1.01             Entry into a Material Definitive Agreement.

Restructuring Support Agreement

On May 4, 2014, GSE Holding, Inc. (the “Company”) and certain of its affiliates, including GSE Environmental, Inc. (collectively with the Company, the “Debtors”), entered into a Restructuring Support Agreement (the “Restructuring Support Agreement”) with holders of 100% of the aggregate principal amount of the loans outstanding under the Debtors’ first lien senior secured credit facility (as amended from time to time, the “First Lien Credit Facility”).

The Restructuring Support Agreement sets forth the terms through which the Company expects to effectuate a comprehensive balance-sheet deleveraging (the “Restructuring”) pursuant to a prearranged Chapter 11 plan of reorganization (the “Plan”).  The Plan contemplates, among other things, that the Debtors will reorganize as a going concern and adopt an appropriate post-emergence balance sheet.  Specifically, the Plan contemplates a substantial reduction in the Debtors’ funded debt obligations by satisfying all obligations under the First Lien Credit Facility with the issuance of new common equity.  As part of the Plan contemplated by the Restructuring Support Agreement, all existing shares of common stock would be cancelled for no consideration.

Pursuant to the terms of the Restructuring Support Agreement, the Consenting Lenders (as defined in the Restructuring Support Agreement) have agreed to, among other things, and subject to certain conditions: (a) support and take all reasonable actions necessary or reasonably requested by the Debtors to facilitate the implementation of the Restructuring pursuant to the Plan; (b) provide a $45 million super-priority priming delayed-draw debtor in possession term loan facility; (c) backstop the funding of the financing facility to fund distributions under the Plan and ensure that the reorganized Debtors are properly capitalized (the “Exit Facility”) in the event the Debtors are unable to secure such a facility from a third party; (d) not support or solicit any plan in opposition to the Plan; and (e) vote to accept the Plan.

The Restructuring Support Agreement may be terminated upon the occurrence of certain events, including: (a) certain breaches by the Debtors or the Consenting Lenders under the Restructuring Support Agreement; (b) the failure to meet certain milestones related to confirmation and consummation of the Plan; and (c) a reasonable determination by the Company’s board of directors that continued performance under the Restructuring Support Agreement would be inconsistent with the exercise of its fiduciary duties under applicable law.

The Plan also calls for significant recoveries for general unsecured creditors.  More specifically, the Plan provides for payment in full of claims of trade creditors that agree to enter into an agreement to provide market trade terms going forward and also provides for an amount of cash for other general unsecured claims, which the Debtors believe will be sufficient to pay such claims in full.  Distributions under the Plan will be funded with cash on hand, as well as the proceeds of the Exit Facility.
 
The foregoing description of the Restructuring Support Agreement is a summary of the terms of the Restructuring Support Agreement and is qualified in its entirety by the text of the Restructuring Support Agreement, a copy of which is being filed with this Current Report on Form 8-K as Exhibit 10.1 and incorporated herein by reference.

Item 1.03             Bankruptcy or Receivership.

On May 4, 2014, the Debtors filed voluntary petitions in the United States Bankruptcy Court for the District of Delaware (the “Bankruptcy Court”) seeking relief under the provisions of Chapter 11 of Title 11 of the United States Code (the “Bankruptcy Code”).  The Chapter 11 cases are being jointly administered under the caption In re GSE Environmental, Inc., et al., Case No. 14-11126 (the “Chapter 11 Cases”).  The Debtors will continue to operate their businesses and manage their properties as debtors in possession under the jurisdiction of the Bankruptcy Court and in accordance with the applicable provisions of the Bankruptcy Code.

Item 2.03             Creation of a Direct Financial Obligation or an Obligation under an Off-Balance Sheet Arrangement of a Registrant.

The descriptions of the financing facilities contemplated by the Restructuring Support Agreement and the Plan described in Item 1.01 of this Current Report on Form 8-K are hereby incorporated into this Item 2.03 by reference.

Item 2.04             Triggering Events That Accelerate or Increase a Direct Financial Obligation or an Obligation under an Off-Balance Sheet Arrangement.

The failure to sell the Company by April 30, 2014 and the subsequent filing of the Chapter 11 Cases described in Item 1.03 of this Current Report on Form 8-K triggered the acceleration of financial obligations under the terms of the First Lien Credit Facility and the Debtors’ secured revolving super-priority credit facility (as amended from time to time, the “Priming Facility”).  The aggregate principal amount of debt outstanding under the First Lien Credit Facility and the Priming Facility as of the date of the filing of the Chapter 11 Cases was approximately $191.4 million.  In addition, the defaults under the First Lien Credit Facility and the Priming Facility may also constitute defaults under cross-default provisions found in other debt obligations of the Debtors, including, but not limited to, capital leases and certain foreign debt facilities.

The Debtors believe that any efforts to enforce these obligations are stayed as a result of the filing of the Chapter 11 Cases in the Bankruptcy Court.

Item 7.01.            Regulation FD Disclosure.

A copy of a press release announcing the restructuring and the filing of the voluntary petitions in the Bankruptcy Court is being attached with this Current Report on Form 8-K as Exhibit 99.1.

On May 4, 2014, the Debtors filed the Plan and their proposed disclosure statement to the Plan (the “Proposed Disclosure Statement”).

The Proposed Disclosure Statement is to contain financial projections and a liquidation analysis prepared for purposes of the Chapter 11 Cases (the “Financial Information”).  The Company cautions investors and potential investors not to place undue reliance upon the information contained in the Financial Information, which is not prepared for the purpose of providing the basis for an investment decision relating to any of the securities of the Company. The Financial Information has not been audited or reviewed by independent accountants and may be subject to future reconciliation and adjustments. The Financial Information is to contain information different from that required to be included in the Company’s reports pursuant to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), and that information may not be indicative of the Company’s financial condition or operating results that would be reflected in the Company’s financial statements or in its reports pursuant to the Exchange Act. Results set forth in the Financial Information should not be viewed as indicative of future results.

The Plan is subject to confirmation by the Bankruptcy Court. The Bankruptcy Court has not yet approved the Proposed Disclosure Statement as containing adequate information pursuant to the Bankruptcy Code for use in the solicitation of acceptances or rejections of the Plan. Accordingly, the filing of the Proposed Disclosure Statement is not intended to be, and should not in any way be construed as, a solicitation of votes on the Plan, nor should the information contained in the Proposed Disclosure Statement be relied on for any purpose until a determination by the Bankruptcy Court that the Proposed Disclosure Statement contains adequate information.

Copies of the Plan and the Proposed Disclosure Statement are being attached with this Current Report on Form 8-K as Exhibit 99.2 and Exhibit 99.3, respectively.

Copies of the Plan and the Proposed Disclosure Statement and additional information regarding the Chapter 11 Cases are also publicly available and may be accessed free of charge at http://cases.primeclerk.com/gse.  The information set forth on the foregoing website shall not be deemed to be part of or incorporated by reference into this Current Report on Form 8-K.

The information in this Item 7.01 of this Current Report on Form 8-K, including Exhibits 99.1, 99.2 and 99.3 hereto, shall not be deemed “filed” for purposes of Section 18 of the Exchange Act, or otherwise subject to the liabilities of that section. The information in this Item 7.01 of this Current Report on Form 8-K shall not be deemed to be incorporated by reference in any filing under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Exchange Act, except as expressly set forth by specific reference in such filing.

Forward-Looking Statements

This Current Report on Form 8-K contains forward-looking statements within the meaning of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the Exchange Act, including, but not limited to, statements regarding the Debtors’ ability to implement the Restructuring, the approval by the Bankruptcy Court of the Plan and the Proposed Disclosure Statement, and the statements and information contained in the Financial Information. These statements may include words such as “anticipate,” “believe,” “expect,” “intend,” “may” and other words and terms of similar meaning, including in connection with any discussion of the timing or nature of future financial performance or other events. Such forward-looking statements are subject to certain risks and uncertainties, including, but not limited to: the potential adverse effect of the Chapter 11 Cases on the Debtors’ business, financial condition or results of operations, including the Debtors’ ability to maintain contracts and other business relationships that are critical to the Debtors’ business and the actions and decisions of the Debtors’ creditors and other third parties with interests in the Chapter 11 Cases; the Debtors’ ability to maintain adequate liquidity to fund the Debtors’ operations during the Chapter 11 Cases and to fund a plan of reorganization and thereafter, including obtaining sufficient debtor in possession financing and exit financing; whether the holders of the Debtors’ liabilities and/or securities receive any value for their interests; the Debtors’ ability to obtain Bankruptcy Court approval with respect to motions in the Chapter 11 Cases prosecuted from time to time; whether a trading market for the Company’s common stock will exist on the OTCQB Marketplace; and other factors disclosed by the Company from time to time in its filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission, including those described under the caption “Risk Factors” in the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K and Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q. As a result of these factors, the Company’s actual results may differ materially from those indicated or implied by such forward-looking statements. Except as required by law, the Company disclaims any obligation to publicly update such statements.

Item 9.01.            Financial Statements and Exhibits.

(d) Exhibits
 
Exhibit No.
 
Description
10.1
 
Restructuring Support Agreement, dated May 4, 2014, by and among GSE Environmental, Inc., the Consenting Lenders (as defined therein) and the other parties thereto.
99.1
 
Press Release, dated May 5, 2014.
99.2
 
Joint Plan of Reorganization of GSE Environmental, Inc., et al., pursuant to Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code.
99.3
 
Disclosure Statement to the Joint Plan of Reorganization of GSE Environmental, Inc., et al., pursuant to Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code.

 
 

 
SIGNATURE
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned hereunto duly authorized.


GSE Holding, Inc.

Date: May 5, 2014                                                                    By:  /s/ Daniel C. Storey
Name: Daniel C. Storey
Title:   Senior Vice President and Chief
Financial Officer

EX-10.1 2 exh_101.htm EXHIBIT 10.1 exh_101.htm
Exhibit 10.1
 
RESTRUCTURING SUPPORT AGREEMENT
 
This RESTRUCTURING SUPPORT AGREEMENT (together with all exhibits and attachments hereto, as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with the terms hereof, this “Agreement”), dated as of May 4, 2014, is entered into by and among GSE Holding, Inc. (“Parent”), GSE Environmental, Inc. (f/k/a Gundle/SLT Environmental, Inc.) (“GSE”), and their subsidiaries GSE Environmental LLC and SynTec, LLC (collectively the “Company” or the “Debtors”), and certain holders of the First Lien Loans (as defined below) parties hereto from time to time (together with their respective successors and permitted assigns, the “Consenting Lenders”).  The Company, each Consenting Lender, and any subsequent person or entity that becomes a party hereto in accordance with the terms hereof are referred to herein as the “Parties” and individually as a “Party”.  Capitalized terms used herein and not defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to such terms in the Joint Plan (as defined below).
 
PRELIMINARY STATEMENTS
 
WHEREAS, as of the date hereof, the Consenting Lenders hold, in the aggregate, 100% of the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the loans (the “First Lien Loans”) under that certain First Lien Credit Agreement, dated as of May 27, 2011 (as amended from time to time and with all supplements and exhibits thereto, the “First Lien Credit Agreement”), by and between GSE Environmental, Inc. and the financial institutions from time to time party thereto;
 
WHEREAS, the Company and the Consenting Lenders have agreed to implement a restructuring (the “Restructuring Transaction”) pursuant to a joint plan of reorganization under chapter 11 of title 11 of the United States Code, 11 U.S.C. §§ 101-1532 (as amended, the “Bankruptcy Code”), the form of which is attached hereto as Exhibit A (the “Joint Plan”);
 
WHEREAS, the Company has agreed to commence voluntary, pre-arranged reorganization cases (to be jointly administered) under chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code for the Debtors (the “Chapter 11 Cases”) in the United States Bankruptcy Court for the District of Delaware (the “Bankruptcy Court”) to effect the Restructuring Transaction;
 
WHEREAS, the Joint Plan is the product of arm’s-length, good faith negotiations between the Company and the Consenting Lenders and their respective professionals; and
 
WHEREAS, the Parties desire to express to each other their mutual support and commitment in respect of the matters discussed in the Joint Plan.
 
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the promises and the mutual covenants and agreements set forth herein, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the Parties, intending to be legally bound, agree as follows:
 
1.  
Joint Plan.
 
The Joint Plan is expressly incorporated herein by reference and made part of this Agreement as if fully set forth herein.  The Joint Plan sets forth the material terms and conditions of the Restructuring Transaction; however, the Joint Plan is supplemented by the terms and conditions of this Agreement.  In the event of any inconsistency between the Joint Plan and this Agreement, the Joint Plan shall control.
 
 
 

 
2.  
Definitions.
 
As used in this Agreement, the following terms have the following meanings:
 
(a) Agreement” has the meaning set forth in the Preamble.
 
(b) Company” has the meaning set forth in the Preamble.
 
(c) Confirmation Order” means a Final Order of the Bankruptcy Court confirming the Joint Plan pursuant to section 1129 of the Bankruptcy Code, which order shall be materially consistent with this Agreement.
 
(d) Consenting Lenders” has the meaning set forth in the Preamble.
 
(e) Debtors” has the meaning set forth in the Preamble.
 
(f) DIP Financing” means the postpetition financing arrangements for the purpose of funding the Chapter 11 Cases, the material terms of which shall be acceptable to the Consenting Lenders.
 
(g) DIP Facility Motion” means the motion seeking approval of the DIP Financing.
 
(h) Disclosure Statement” means the disclosure statement for the Joint Plan, as amended, supplemented, or otherwise modified from time to time, that describes the Joint Plan and is prepared and distributed in accordance with, among other things, sections 1125, 1126(b), and 1145 of the Bankruptcy Code, rule 3018 of the Federal Rules of Bankruptcy Procedure and other applicable law, and which shall be materially consistent with this Agreement.
 
(i) Disclosure Statement Motion” means a motion of the Debtors, and all related implementing documents, agreements, exhibits, annexes, and schedules, as such documents may be amended, modified, or supplemented from time to time, requesting entry of an order approving, among other things, (a) the Disclosure Statement, (b) the solicitation and notice procedures with respect to confirmation of the Joint Plan, (c) the form of ballots and notices in connection therewith, and (d) scheduling certain dates with respect thereto, including, without limitation, a joint hearing to consider confirmation of the Joint Plan.
 
(j) Disclosure Statement Order” means an order of the Bankruptcy Court granting the relief requested in the Disclosure Statement Motion.
 
(k) Effective Date” means the effective date of the Joint Plan.
 
 
2

 
(l) Exit Financing” means a financing facility entered into by the Reorganized Debtors on the Effective Date, the terms and amount of which shall be acceptable to the Company and each Consenting Lender in its sole discretion.
 
(m) Final Order” means an order or judgment of the Bankruptcy Court (or any other court of competent jurisdiction) entered by the Clerk of the Bankruptcy Court (or such other court) on the docket in the Chapter 11 Cases (or the docket of such other court), which has not been modified, amended, reversed, vacated, or stayed and as to which (a) the time to appeal, petition for certiorari, or move for a new trial, stay, reargument, or rehearing has expired and as to which no appeal, petition for certiorari or motion for new trial, stay, reargument, or rehearing shall then be pending or (b) if an appeal, writ of certiorari, new trial, stay, reargument, or rehearing thereof has been sought, such order or judgment of the Bankruptcy Court (or other court of competent jurisdiction) shall have been affirmed by the highest court to which such order was appealed, or certiorari shall have been denied, or a new trial, stay, reargument, or rehearing shall have been denied or resulted in no modification of such order, and the time to take any further appeal, petition for certiorari or move for a new trial, stay, reargument or rehearing shall have expired, as a result of which such order shall have become final in accordance with rule 8002 of the Federal Rules of Bankruptcy Procedure; provided that the possibility that a motion under rule 60 of the Federal Rules of Civil Procedure, or any analogous rule under the Federal Rules of Bankruptcy Procedure, may be filed relating to such order, shall not cause an order not to be a Final Order.
 
(n) First Day Pleadings” means any motions or applications, other than ministerial first day motions, filed by the Company on the Petition Date (as defined herein), which motions shall be materially consistent with this Agreement.
 
(o) First Lien Loan Claims” means any and all claims arising under the First Lien Credit Agreement or First Lien Loans.
 
(p) GSE” has the meaning set forth in the Preamble.
 
(q) Kirkland” means Kirkland & Ellis LLP, counsel to the Company.
 
(r) Moelis” means Moelis & Company, financial advisor to the Company.
 
(s) Parent” has the meaning set forth in the Preamble.
 
(t) Party” or “Parties” has the meaning set forth in the Preamble.
 
(u) Plan Process Documents” means all agreements, instruments, pleadings, orders, or other related documents utilized to implement the Joint Plan and to obtain confirmation of the Joint Plan, including, but not limited to, the Joint Plan, the Plan Supplement, the Disclosure Statement, the Disclosure Statement Motion, the Disclosure Statement Order, and the Confirmation Order, each of which shall contain terms and conditions materially consistent with this Agreement.
 
 
3

 
(v) Plan Supplement” means the compilation of documents and forms of documents, schedules, and exhibits to the Joint Plan.
 
(w) Requisite Consenting Lenders” means, as of any date of determination, Consenting Lenders holding at least 66% of the outstanding principal amount of the First Lien Loans held by the Consenting Lenders in the aggregate as of such date.
 
(x) Restructuring Documents” means the Plan Process Documents and the First Day Pleadings.
 
(y) Restructuring Support Effective Date” means the date upon which this Agreement becomes effective and binding on the Parties in accordance with the provisions of Section 10 hereof.
 
(z) Restructuring Support Period” means the period commencing on the Restructuring Support Effective Date and ending on the date on which this Agreement is terminated in accordance with Section 5 hereof.
 
(aa) Richards, Layton” means Richards, Layton & Finger, PA, Delaware counsel to the Consenting Lenders.
 
(bb) Solicitation” means the solicitation of votes in connection with the Joint Plan pursuant to the Disclosure Statement Order.
 
(cc) Wachtell” means Wachtell, Lipton, Rosen & Katz, counsel to the Consenting Lenders.
 
3.  
Agreements of the Consenting Lenders.
 
(a) Support of Restructuring Transaction.  Subject to the satisfaction of the conditions contained in Section 3(b) hereof, each Consenting Lender agrees that, for the duration of the Restructuring Support Period, such Consenting Lender shall:
 
(i) support, and take all reasonable actions necessary or reasonably requested by the Company to facilitate the implementation or consummation of, the Restructuring Transaction (including, but not limited to, the approval of the Disclosure Statement Order, the Solicitation and the consummation of the Restructuring Transaction pursuant to the Joint Plan), and the approval by the Bankruptcy Court of the Restructuring Documents;
 
(ii) support, and take all reasonable actions necessary or reasonably requested by the Company to facilitate the implementation and approval by the Bankruptcy Court of the DIP Facility;
 
(iii) support, and take all reasonable actions necessary or reasonably requested by the Company to facilitate the implementation and approval by the Bankruptcy Court of the Exit Financing,
 
 
4

 
(iv) backstop the funding of the Exit Financing in the event the Company is unable to secure the Exit Financing from a third-party;
 
(v) negotiate in good faith, use best efforts, and take all reasonable actions necessary to execute a Shareholder Agreement on or prior to the date that is fourteen (14) days after the Petition Date;
 
(vi) not (A) directly or indirectly seek, solicit, vote its First Lien Loan Claims for, support, or encourage the termination or modification of the exclusive period for the filing of any plan of reorganization, proposal or offer of dissolution, winding up, liquidation, reorganization, merger, consolidation, business combination, joint venture, partnership, sale of assets, or restructuring of the Company other than the Restructuring Transaction, or (B) take any other action, including, but not limited to, initiating any legal proceedings or enforcing rights as a holder of the First Lien Loan Claims, that is inconsistent with this Agreement or the Restructuring Documents, or is reasonably likely to prevent, interfere with, delay, or impede the implementation or consummation of the Restructuring Transaction (including, but not limited to, the Bankruptcy Court’s approval of the Restructuring Documents, the Solicitation, or confirmation of the Joint Plan);
 
(vii) (A) subject to the receipt of the Disclosure Statement, timely vote, or cause to be voted, its First Lien Loan Claims to accept the Joint Plan by delivering its duly executed and completed ballot or ballots, as applicable, accepting the Joint Plan on a timely basis following commencement of the Solicitation, and (B) not change or withdraw such vote (or cause or direct such vote to be changed or withdrawn); provided, however, that, subject to only those remedies available to the Debtors set forth in section 12 of this Agreement, such vote may, upon written notice to the Company and the other Parties, be revoked (and, upon such revocation, deemed void ab initio) by any of the Consenting Lenders at any time following the expiration of the Restructuring Support Period;
 
(viii) timely vote or cause to be voted its First Lien Loan Claims against, and not consent to, or otherwise directly or indirectly support, solicit, assist, encourage, or participate in the formulation, pursuit, or support of, any restructuring or reorganization of the Company (or any plan or proposal in respect of the same) other than the Restructuring Transaction;
 
(ix) support the releases and customary exculpation, injunction, and discharge provisions provided for in the Joint Plan;
 
 
5

 
(x) not directly or indirectly arrange, fund, participate in, or consent to any exit facility or other financing, rights offering, or issuance of debt or equity securities in connection with any reorganization, merger, consolidation, business combination, joint venture, partnership, sale of assets, or restructuring of the Company (through a plan of reorganization or otherwise) other than in connection with the Restructuring Transaction; and
 
(xi) not directly or indirectly support, encourage, participate in, or consent to any reorganization, merger, consolidation, business combination, joint venture, partnership, sale of assets, or restructuring of the Company other than the Restructuring Transaction.
 
(b) Certain Conditions.  The obligations of each Consenting Lender set forth in Section 3(a) hereof are subject to the following conditions:
 
(i) this Agreement shall have become effective in accordance with the provisions of Section 10 hereof; and
 
(ii) this Agreement shall not have terminated in accordance with the terms of Section 5 hereof.
 
(c) Rights of Consenting Lenders Unaffected.  Nothing contained herein shall (i) limit (A) the ability of a Consenting Lender to consult with other Consenting Lenders or the Company or (B) the rights of a Consenting Lender under any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, foreclosure, or similar proceeding, including, without limitation, appearing as a party in interest in any matter to be adjudicated in order to be heard concerning any matter arising in the Chapter 11 Cases, in each case, so long as such consultation or appearance is not inconsistent with the Consenting Lender’s obligations hereunder or under the terms of the Joint Plan and is not intended or reasonably likely to materially delay or prevent confirmation or the consummation of the Restructuring Transaction; (ii) limit the ability of a Consenting Lender to sell or enter into any transactions in connection with the First Lien Loans, subject to the terms hereof; or (iii) limit the rights of any Consenting Lender under the Credit Agreement or constitute a waiver or amendment of any provision of the Credit Agreement, subject to the terms of Section 3(a) hereof.
 
(d) Transfers.  Each Consenting Lender agrees that, for the duration of the Restructuring Support Period, such Consenting Lender shall not sell, transfer, assign or otherwise dispose of (including by participation), in whole or in part, any of the First Lien Loans or any First Lien Loan Claims (collectively, “Transfer”), unless the transferee thereof either (i) is a Consenting Lender or (ii) prior to such Transfer, agrees in writing for the benefit of the Parties to become a Consenting Lender and to be bound by all of the terms of this Agreement (including with respect to any and all claims or interests it already may hold against or in the Company prior to such Transfer) by executing the joinder attached hereto as Exhibit B (the “Joinder Agreement”), and delivering an executed copy thereof, within two (2) business days of closing of such Transfer, to Wachtell and Kirkland, in which event (x) the transferee (including the Consenting Lender transferee, if applicable) shall be deemed to be a Consenting Lender hereunder to the extent of such transferred rights and obligations and (y) the transferor shall be deemed to relinquish its rights (and be released from its obligations) under this Agreement to the extent of such transferred rights and obligations.  Each Consenting Lender agrees that any Transfer of First Lien Loans or any First Lien Loan Claims that does not comply with the terms and procedures set forth herein shall be deemed void ab initio, and the Company and each other Consenting Lender shall have the right to enforce the voiding of such transfer.  Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, during the Restructuring Support Period, a Consenting Lender may Transfer any or all of its holdings of  First Lien Loans or First Lien Loan Claims to any entity that, as of the date of the Transfer, controls, is controlled by or is under common control with such Consenting Lender; provided, however, that such entity shall automatically be subject to the terms of this Agreement and deemed a Party hereto and shall execute a Joinder Agreement hereto.
 
 
6

 
(e) Additional Claims.  To the extent any Consenting Lender (a) acquires additional First Lien Loans or (b) holds or acquires any other loans or claims against the company, each such Consenting Lender agrees that such obligations shall be subject to this Agreement and that, for the duration of the Restructuring Support Period, it shall vote (or cause to be voted) any such additional obligation in a manner consistent with Section 3(a) hereof.
 
4.  
Agreements of the Company.
 
(a) Affirmative Covenants.  The Company agrees that, so long as this Agreement has not been terminated in accordance with its terms, unless (x) otherwise expressly permitted or required by this Agreement (including, without limitation, Section 23) or the Joint Plan, or (y) otherwise consented to in writing by the Requisite Consenting Lenders the Company shall, and shall cause each of its direct and indirect subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, do the following:
 
(i) commence the Chapter 11 Cases no later than May 4, 2014 (the date of commencement of the Chapter 11 Cases, the “Petition Date”);
 
(ii) file with the Bankruptcy Court on the Petition Date the (A) DIP Facility Motion and (B) the First Day Motions;
 
(iii) file the Disclosure Statement Motion with the Bankruptcy Court as soon as reasonably practicable and in no event later than the date that is three (3) days after the Petition Date;
 
(iv) use best efforts to obtain approval of the DIP Facility on an interim basis by entry of an order of the Bankruptcy Court as soon as reasonably practicable and in no event later than the date that is three (3) business days after the Petition Date;
 
 
7

 
(v) use best efforts to obtain approval on a final basis of the DIP Facility by entry of an order of the Bankruptcy Court (which order shall be in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Requisite Consenting Lenders), as soon as reasonably practicable and in no event later than the date that is twenty-eight (28) days after approval of the DIP Facility on an interim basis;
 
(vi) use best efforts to obtain entry by the Bankruptcy Court of the Disclosure Statement Order no later than forty-five (45) days after the Petition Date;
 
(vii) commence the Solicitation no later than seven (7) days after entry of the Disclosure Statement Order;
 
(viii) use best efforts to obtain entry by the Bankruptcy Court of the Confirmation Order no later than forty-five (45) days after the Bankruptcy Court’s entry of the Disclosure Statement Order;
 
(ix) the effective date of the Joint Plan shall have occurred no later than twenty-one (21) days after the Bankruptcy Court’s entry of the Confirmation Order;
 
(x)  (A) support and take all reasonable actions necessary or reasonably requested by the Consenting Lenders to facilitate the Restructuring Transaction, including the solicitation, confirmation, and consummation of the Joint Plan, (B) not take any action that is inconsistent with, or that would delay or impede the Restructuring Transaction, including, without limitation, solicitation, confirmation, or consummation of the Joint Plan, and (iii) support the releases and customary exculpation, injunction, and discharge provisions provided for in the Joint Plan;
 
(xi) maintain their good standing under the laws of the state or other jurisdiction in which they are incorporated or organized;
 
(xii) timely file a formal written objection to any motion filed with the Bankruptcy Court by any party seeking the entry of an order (A) directing the appointment of an examiner with expanded powers or a trustee, (B) converting the Chapter 11 Cases to cases under chapter 7 of the Bankruptcy Code or (C) dismissing the Chapter 11 Cases;
 
(xiii) timely file a formal written objection to any motion filed with the Bankruptcy Court by any party seeking the entry of an order modifying or terminating the Company’s exclusive right to file and/or solicit acceptances of a plan of reorganization;
 
 
8

 
(xiv) timely file a formal written response in opposition to any motion or objection filed with the Bankruptcy Court by any party objecting to the motion to approve the DIP Facility;
 
(xv) promptly notify the Consenting Lenders in writing of any governmental or third party complaints, litigations, investigations, or hearings (or communications indicating that the same may be contemplated or threatened);
 
(xvi) comply in all respects with the covenants contained in the DIP Facility;
 
(xvii) take all actions contemplated by the Joint Plan; and
 
(xviii) regardless of whether the Restructuring Transaction is consummated, the Company shall promptly pay in cash upon demand any and all reasonable and documented accrued and unpaid out-of-pocket expenses incurred by Consenting Lenders (including, without limitation, all reasonable and documented fees and out-of-pocket expenses of Wachtell and Richards, Layton) in connection with the negotiation, documentation, and consummation of this Agreement, the Joint Plan, the Plan Process Documents and the Restructuring Documents.
 
(b) Negative Covenants.  The Company agrees that, so long as this Agreement has not been terminated in accordance with its terms unless, (x) otherwise expressly permitted or required by this Agreement or the Joint Plan, or (y) otherwise consented to in writing by the Requisite Consenting Lenders, the Company shall not, and shall cause each of its direct and indirect subsidiaries not to, directly or indirectly, do or permit to occur any of the following:
 
(i) modify the Joint Plan, in whole or in part, in a manner that is not consistent in any material respect with this Agreement;
 
(ii) withdraw or revoke the Joint Plan or publicly announce its intention not to pursue the Joint Plan;
 
(iii) take any such action in connection with the Restructuring Transaction that is not consistent in any material respect with this Agreement or the Joint Plan;
 
(iv) file any motion, pleading, or other Restructuring Document with the Bankruptcy Court (including any modifications or amendments thereof) that, in whole or in part, is not consistent in any material respect with this Agreement or the Joint Plan and is not otherwise reasonably satisfactory in all respects to the Requisite Consenting Lenders;
 
 
9

 
(v) commence an avoidance action or other legal proceeding that challenges the validity, enforceability, or priority of the First Lien Loan Claims, or otherwise affects the rights of the Consenting Lenders (solely in their capacity as holders of the First Lien Loans);
 
(vi) incur or suffer to exist any indebtedness, except indebtedness existing and outstanding immediately prior to the date hereof, trade payables, and liabilities arising and incurred in the ordinary course of business, and indebtedness arising under or permitted by the DIP Facility;
 
(vii) incur any liens or security interests, except as permitted under the DIP Facility; and
 
(viii) enter into any commitment or agreement with respect to debtor-in-possession financing or the use of cash collateral other than the DIP Facility unless such commitment or agreement satisfied the DIP Facility obligations in full in cash and such commitment or agreement complies in all respects with this Agreement and the Joint Plan.
 
(c) Automatic Stay. The Consenting Lenders are authorized to take any steps necessary to effectuate the termination of this Agreement notwithstanding section 362 of the Bankruptcy Code or any other applicable law and no cure period contained in this Agreement shall be extended pursuant to sections 108 or 365 of the Bankruptcy Code or any other applicable law without the prior written consent of the Required Consenting Lenders.
 
5.  
Termination of Agreement.
 
(a) Consenting Lenders’ Automatic Termination Events.  This Agreement shall terminate automatically without any further required action or notice upon the occurrence of any of the following events, unless the occurrence of such Consenting Lenders’ Termination Event is waived in writing by the Requisite Consenting:
 
(i) the Debtors’ failure to obtain approval of the DIP Facility on an interim basis by entry of an order of the Bankruptcy Court no later than three (3) business days after the Petition Date;
 
(ii) failure of each Consenting Lender to execute a Shareholder Agreement on or prior to the date that is fourteen (14) days after the Petition Date;
 
(iii) the Debtors’ failure to obtain approval on a final basis of the DIP Facility by entry of an order of the Bankruptcy Court (which order shall be in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Requisite Consenting Lenders), no later than twenty-eight (28) days after approval of the DIP Facility on an interim basis;
 
 
10

 
(iv) the Debtors’ failure to obtain entry by the Bankruptcy Court of the Disclosure Statement Order no later than forty-five (45) days after the Petition Date;
 
(v) the Debtors’ failure to obtain entry by the Bankruptcy Court of the Confirmation Order no later than forty-five (45) days after the Bankruptcy Court’s entry of the Disclosure Statement Order;
 
(b) Consenting Lenders’ Notice Termination Events.  This Agreement shall terminate upon five (5) business days written notice (the “Termination Notice”) delivered in accordance with Section 19 hereof, at any time after the occurrence of, and during the continuation of, any of the following events, unless waived in writing by the Requisite Consenting Lenders (or in the case of Section 5(b)(8), the Consenting Lenders:
 
(i) the breach in any material respect by the Debtors of any of their covenants, representations, or warranties under Sections 4(a), 4(b), or 8 of this Agreement; provided, however, the Company shall have five (5) business days from the receipt of a Termination Notice to cure such breach;
 
(ii) the issuance by any governmental authority, including any regulatory authority or court of competent jurisdiction, of any ruling, judgment, or order enjoining the consummation of a material portion of the Restructuring Transaction; provided, however, that the Debtors shall have five (5) business days from receipt of a Termination Notice to cure any breach in a manner that does not prevent or diminish in a material way compliance with the terms of this Agreement;
 
(iii) the Bankruptcy Court enters an order modifying or terminating the Company’s exclusive right to file and/or solicit acceptances of a plan of reorganization, unless prior to such date, such order has been dismissed, vacated or modified;
 
(iv) the Joint Plan is amended or otherwise modified so as to have an adverse impact on the Consenting Lenders’ recovery under the Joint Plan;
 
(v) the termination of, or occurrence of an event of default (as defined in the applicable agreement) under the DIP Facility or any commitment or agreement to provide exit financing to the Debtors to the extent permitted hereunder, which shall not have been cured within any applicable grace periods or waived pursuant to the terms of the commitment or agreement governing such facility;
 
(vi) the termination of, or occurrence of an event of default (as defined in the applicable order or agreement) under, any order or agreement permitting the use of cash collateral to the extent permitted hereunder which shall not have been cured within any applicable grace periods or waived pursuant to the terms of such order or agreement;
 
(vii) the Bankruptcy Court having entered an order (A) directing the appointment of an examiner with expanded powers or a chapter 11 trustee, (B) converting the Chapter 11 Cases to cases under chapter 7 of the Bankruptcy Code, or (C) dismissing the Chapter 11 Cases, unless prior to such date, such order has been dismissed, vacated or modified;
 
 
11

 
(viii) the failure to satisfy any of the conditions to effectiveness set forth in the Joint Plan by the deadlines set forth in such Joint Plan unless otherwise waived by the Consenting Lenders;
 
(ix) the Company or any directors or officers of the Company (in such person’s capacity as a direct or officer) exercises their rights pursuant to Section 23; and
 
(x) the Bankruptcy Court enters an order approving a debtor-in-possession financing or exit financing other than the DIP Financing or the Exit Financing.
 
(c) Company Termination Events.  The Company may terminate this Agreement as to all Parties upon delivery of a Termination Notice in accordance with Section 19 hereof, upon the occurrence of any of the following events:
 
(i) the breach in any material respect by one or more of Consenting Lenders of any of covenants, obligations, representations, or warranties of the Consenting Lenders set forth in this Agreement; provided, however, the Consenting Lenders shall have five (5) business days from the receipt of a Termination Notice to cure such breach;
 
(ii) the issuance by any required governmental authority, including any regulatory authority or court of competent jurisdiction, of any ruling, judgment, or order enjoining the consummation of a material portion of the Restructuring Transaction; provided, however, that the Consenting Lenders shall have five (5) business days from receipt of a Termination Notice to cure any breach in a manner that does not prevent or diminish in a material way compliance with the terms of this Agreement; or
 
(iii) the board of directors of the Company after consultation with outside counsel reasonably determines pursuant to Section 223 in good faith that continued performance under this Agreement would be inconsistent with the exercise of its fiduciary duties under applicable law.
 
(d) Mutual Termination.  This Agreement, and the obligations of all Parties hereunder, may be terminated at any time by mutual written agreement among the Company and the Requisite Consenting Lenders.
 
 
12

 
(e) Effect of Termination.  Upon the termination of this Agreement in accordance with this Section 5, and except as provided in Section 13 herein, this Agreement shall forthwith become void and of no further force or effect and each Party shall, except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, be immediately released from its liabilities, obligations, commitments, undertakings, and agreements under or related to this Agreement and shall have all the rights and remedies that it would have had and shall be entitled to take all actions, whether with respect to the Restructuring Transaction or otherwise, that it would have been entitled to take had it not entered into this Agreement, including all rights and remedies available to it under applicable law, the First Lien Loans, the First Lien Credit Agreement, and any ancillary documents or agreements thereto.  At any time prior to the expiration of the voting deadline, upon any such termination of this Agreement, a Consenting Lender may, upon written notice to the Debtors and the other Parties (and if prior to any deadline to vote on a Joint Plan, without seeking permission of the Bankruptcy Court), revoke its vote or any consents given by such Consenting Lender prior to such termination, whereupon any such vote or consent shall be deemed, for all purposes, to be null and void ab initio and shall not be considered or otherwise used in any manner by the Parties in connection with the Restructuring Transactions and this Agreement.  If this Agreement has been terminated in accordance with its terms at a time when permission of the Bankruptcy Court shall be required for a Consenting Lender to change or withdraw (or cause to change or withdraw) its vote to accept the Joint Plan, the Company shall not oppose any attempt by such Consenting Lender to change or withdraw (or cause to change or withdraw) such vote at such time, subject to only those remedies available to the Debtors set forth in Section 12.  The Consenting Lenders shall have no liability to the Debtors or to each other in respect of any termination of this Agreement in accordance with the terms of this Section 5 that was not challenged by the Debtors or was found by a court of competent jurisdiction to be validly exercised.
 
6.  
Good Faith Cooperation; Further Assurances; Acknowledgement.
 
The Parties shall cooperate with each other in good faith and shall coordinate their activities (to the extent practicable and subject to the terms hereof) in respect of (a) all matters relating to their rights hereunder in respect of the Company or otherwise in connection with their relationship with the Company, (b) all matters concerning the implementation of the Restructuring Transaction, and (c) the pursuit and support of the Restructuring Transaction (including confirmation of the Joint Plan).  Furthermore, subject to the terms hereof, each of the Parties shall take such action as may be reasonably necessary to carry out the purposes and intent of this Agreement, including making and filing any required governmental or regulatory filings and voting any claims against or securities of the Debtors in favor of the Joint Plan, and shall refrain from taking any action that would frustrate the purposes and intent of this Agreement.  This Agreement is not, and shall not be deemed, a solicitation for consents to the Joint Plan or a solicitation to tender or exchange of any of the First Lien Loans.
 
7.  
Restructuring Transaction Documents.
 
Each Party hereby covenants and agrees (i) to negotiate in good faith the Restructuring Transaction Documents and (ii) to execute (to the extent such Party is a party thereto) and otherwise support the Restructuring Transaction Documents, as applicable.  For the avoidance of doubt, each Party agrees to (a) act in good faith and use commercially reasonable efforts to support and complete successfully the implementation of the Joint Plan in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, (b) do all things reasonably necessary and appropriate in furtherance of consummating the Restructuring Transaction in accordance with, and within the time frames contemplated by, this Agreement and the Joint Plan and (c) act in good faith and use commercially reasonable efforts to consummate the Restructuring Transaction as contemplated by the this Agreement and the Joint Plan.
 
 
13

 
8.  
Representations and Warranties.
 
(a) Each Party, severally (and not jointly), represents and warrants to the other Parties that the following statements are true, correct and complete as of the date hereof (or as of the date a Consenting Lender becomes a party hereto):
 
(i) such Party is validly existing and in good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of incorporation or organization, and has all requisite corporate, partnership, limited liability company or similar authority to enter into this Agreement and carry out the transactions contemplated under this Agreement and the Joint Plan and perform its obligations contemplated under this Agreement and the Joint Plan, and the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the performance of such Party’s obligations under this Agreement and the Joint Plan have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate, limited liability company, partnership, or other similar action on its part;
 
(ii) the execution, delivery, and performance by such Party of this Agreement does not and will not (A) violate any provision of law, rule, or regulation applicable to it or any of its subsidiaries or its charter or bylaws (or other similar governing documents) or those of any of its subsidiaries, or (B) conflict with, result in a breach of, or constitute (with due notice or lapse of time or both) a default under any material contractual obligation to which it or any of its subsidiaries is a party, other than breaches that arise from the filing of the Chapter 11 Cases;
 
(iii) the execution, delivery, and performance by such Party of this Agreement does not and will not require any registration or filing with, consent, or approval of, or notice to, or other action to, with or by, any federal, state, or governmental authority or regulatory body, except such filings as may be necessary and/or required for disclosure by the Securities and Exchange Commission and in connection with the Chapter 11 Cases, the Joint Plan, and the Disclosure Statement; and
 
(iv) this Agreement is the legally valid and binding obligation of such Party, enforceable in accordance with its terms, except as enforcement may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, or other similar laws relating to or limiting creditors’ rights generally or by equitable principles relating to enforceability or a ruling of the Bankruptcy Court.
 
(b) Each Consenting Lender severally (and not jointly), represents and warrants to the Debtors that, as of the date hereof (or as of the date such Consenting Lender becomes a party hereto), such Consenting Lender (i) is the beneficial owner of the aggregate principal amount of First Lien Loans set forth below its name on the signature page hereof (or below its name on the signature page of a Joinder Agreement for any Consenting Lender that becomes a party hereto after the date hereof), and/or (ii) has, with respect to the beneficial owners of such First Lien Loans, (A) sole investment or voting discretion with respect to such First Lien Loans, (B) full power and authority to vote on and consent to matters concerning such First Lien Loans or to exchange, assign, and transfer such First Lien Loans, or (C) full power and authority to bind or act on the behalf of, such beneficial owners.
 
 
14

 
(c) Each Consenting Lender severally (and not jointly), represents and warrants to the Debtors that, such Consenting Lender has made no prior Transfer of, and has not entered into any other agreement to Transfer, in whole or in part, any portion of its right, title, or interests in any First Lien Loans that are inconsistent with the representations and warranties of such Consenting Lender herein or would render such Consenting Lender otherwise unable to comply with this Agreement and perform its obligations hereunder.
 
9.  
Amendments and Waivers.
 
This Agreement, including any exhibits or schedules hereto, may not be modified, amended or supplemented except in a writing signed by the Company and the each Consenting Lenders.
 
10.
Effectiveness.
 
This Agreement shall become effective and binding when counterpart signature pages to this Agreement have been executed and delivered by (i) the Debtors and (ii) Consenting Lenders holding at least 66.7% in aggregate principal amount of the First Lien Loan Claims.
 
11.  
GOVERNING LAW; JURISDICTION; WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL.
 
THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE INTERNAL LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT REGARD TO ANY CONFLICTS OF LAW PROVISIONS WHICH WOULD REQUIRE THE APPLICATION OF THE LAW OF ANY OTHER JURISDICTION.  BY ITS EXECUTION AND DELIVERY OF THIS AGREEMENT, EACH OF THE PARTIES HEREBY IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY AGREES THAT ANY LEGAL ACTION, SUIT, DISPUTE, OR PROCEEDING ARISING UNDER, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE BROUGHT IN THE FEDERAL OR STATE COURTS LOCATED IN THE STATE OF NEW YORK; PROVIDED THAT SUCH LEGAL ACTION, SUIT, DISPUTE, OR PROCEEDING ARISING UNDER, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE BROUGHT IN THE BANKRUPTCY COURT FOR SO LONG AS THE DEBTORS ARE SUBJECT TO THE JURISDICTION OF THE BANKRUPTCY COURT.  THE PARTIES HERETO IRREVOCABLY CONSENT TO THE JURISDICTION OF SUCH COURTS AND WAIVE ANY OBJECTIONS AS TO VENUE OR INCONVENIENT FORUM.  EACH PARTY HERETO IRREVOCABLY WAIVES ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.  FOR THE AVOIDANCE OF DOUBT, NOTWITHSTANDING THE FOREGOING CONSENT TO JURISDICTION, FOLLOWING THE COMMENCEMENT OF THE CHAPTER 11 CASES AND SO LONG AS THE BANKRUPTCY COURT HAS JURISDICTION OVER THE CHAPTER 11 CASES, EACH OF THE PARTIES AGREES THAT THE BANKRUPTCY COURT SHALL HAVE EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION WITH RESPECT TO ANY MATTER UNDER OR ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT, AND HEREBY SUBMITS TO THE JURISDICTION OF THE BANKRUPTCY COURT.
 
 
15

 
12.  
Specific Performance/Remedies.
 
Subject to Section 22 of this Agreement, it is understood and agreed by the Parties that (a) money damages would not be a sufficient remedy for any breach of this Agreement by any Party and each non-breaching Party shall be entitled to specific performance and injunctive relief as a remedy of any such breach without the necessity of proving the inadequacy of money damages as a remedy, including an order of the Bankruptcy Court requiring any Party to comply promptly with any of its obligations hereunder and (b) no remedy other than specific performance shall be available to the non-breaching Party.
 
13.  
Survival.
 
Notwithstanding the termination of this Agreement pursuant to Section 5 hereof, the agreements and obligations of the Parties in this Section 13 and Sections 4(a)(xviii), 5(e), 9, 11, 12, 15, 16, 17, 20, and 21 hereof (and any defined terms used in any such Sections) shall survive such termination and shall continue in full force and effect in accordance with the terms hereof.
 
14.  
Headings.
 
The headings of the sections, paragraphs, and subsections of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and shall not affect the interpretation hereof or, for any purpose, be deemed a part of this Agreement.
 
15.  
Successors and Assigns; Severability; Several Obligations.
 
This Agreement is intended to bind and inure to the benefit of the Parties and their respective successors, assigns, heirs, executors, administrators, and representatives; provided, however, that nothing contained in this Section 15 shall be deemed to Transfers of the  First Lien Loans or First Lien Loan Claims other than in accordance with Section 3(d) of this Agreement.  If any provision of this Agreement, or the application of any such provision to any person or circumstance, shall be held invalid or unenforceable in whole or in part, such invalidity or unenforceability shall attach only to such provision or part thereof and the remaining part of such provision hereof and this Agreement shall continue in full force and effect so long as the economic or legal substance of the Restructuring Transaction contemplated hereby are not affected in any manner materially adverse to any Party.  Upon any such determination of invalidity, the Parties shall negotiate in good faith to modify this Agreement so as to effect the original intent of the Parties as closely as possible in a reasonably acceptable manner in order that the Restructuring Transaction contemplated hereby are consummated as originally contemplated to the greatest extent possible.
 
 
16

 
16.  
No Third-Party Beneficiaries.
 
Unless expressly stated herein, this Agreement shall be solely for the benefit of the Parties and no other person or entity shall be a third-party beneficiary hereof.
 
17.  
Prior Negotiations; Entire Agreement.
 
This Agreement, including the exhibits and schedules hereto (including the Joint Plan), constitutes the entire agreement of the Parties, and supersedes all other prior negotiations, with respect to the subject matter hereof, except that the Parties acknowledge that any confidentiality agreements (if any) heretofore executed between the Company and each Consenting Lender shall continue in full force and effect.
 
18.  
Counterparts.
 
This Agreement may be executed in several counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, and all of which together shall be deemed to be one and the same agreement.  Execution copies of this Agreement may be delivered by facsimile or otherwise, which shall be deemed to be an original for the purposes of this Section 18.
 
19.  
Notices.
 
All notices hereunder shall be deemed given if in writing and delivered, if sent by facsimile, courier or by registered or certified mail (return receipt requested) to the following addresses and facsimile numbers (or at such other addresses or facsimile numbers as shall be specified by like notice):
 
 
(1)  If to the Company, to:
   
 
GSE Environmental, Inc.
19103 Gundle Road
Houston, Texas 77073
 
Attention: Daniel Storey
   
 
With a copy to:
   
 
Kirkland & Ellis LLP
 
300 North LaSalle
 
Chicago, IL 60654
Phone: (312) 862-7347
 
Fax: (312) 862-2200
 
Attention:
Patrick J. Nash, Esq.
   and
Jeffrey D. Pawlitz, Esq.
 
   
 
(2)           If to a Consenting Lender or a transferee thereof, to the addresses or facsimile numbers set forth below following the Consenting Lender’s signature (or as directed by any transferee thereof), as the case may be, with copies to:
 
 
17

 
   
 
Wachtell, Lipton, Rosen & Katz LLP
51 West 52nd Street
New York, New York 10019
Phone: (212) 403-1202
Fax: (212) 403-1000
 
Attention:
Scott K. Charles, Esq. and Emily D. Johnson
     

Any notice given by delivery, mail, or courier shall be effective when received.  Any notice given by facsimile shall be effective upon oral or machine confirmation of transmission.
 
20.  
Reservation of Rights; No Admission.
 
Except as expressly provided in this Agreement and in any amendment among the Parties, nothing herein is intended to, or does, in any manner waive, limit, impair, or restrict the ability of each of the Parties to protect and preserve its rights, remedies, and interests, including, without limitation, its claims against any of the other Parties (or their respective affiliates or subsidiaries) or its full participation in any bankruptcy case filed by the Company or any of its affiliates and subsidiaries.  Except as expressly provided in this Agreement and in any amendment among the Parties, if the transactions contemplated by the Restructuring Transaction are not consummated, or if this Agreement is terminated for any reason, the Parties fully reserve any and all of their rights.  This Agreement and the Joint Plan are part of a proposed settlement of matters that could otherwise be the subject of litigation among the Parties.  Pursuant to Rule 408 of the Federal Rule of Evidence, any applicable state rules of evidence and any other applicable law, foreign or domestic, this Agreement and all negotiations relating thereto shall not be admissible into evidence in any proceeding other than a proceeding to enforce its terms.  This Agreement shall in no event be construed as or be deemed to be evidence of an admission or concession on the part of any Party of any claim or fault or liability or damages whatsoever.  Each of the Parties denies any and all wrongdoing or liability of any kind and does not concede any infirmity in the claims or defenses which it has asserted or could assert.
 
21.  
Relationship Among Parties.
 
It is understood and agreed that no Consenting Lender has any duty of trust or confidence in any kind or form with any other Consenting Lender as a result of this Agreement, and, except as expressly provided in this Agreement, there are no commitments among or between them.  In this regard, it is understood and agreed that any Consenting Lender may trade in the First Lien Loans or other debt or equity securities of the Company without the consent of the Company or any other Consenting Lender, subject to applicable securities laws and the terms of this Agreement.
 
22.  
Fiduciary Duties.
 
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, nothing in this Agreement shall require the Company, or any directors or officers of the Company (in such person’s capacity as a director or officer) to take any action, or to refrain from taking any action, to the extent that taking such action or refraining from taking such action is reasonably likely to constitute a breach of such person’s or entity’s fiduciary obligations which such entity or person owes to any other person or entity under applicable law; provided, however, that (a) the Company, in its sole discretion, may terminate this Agreement in accordance with paragraph 5(c), and (b) specific performance shall not be available as a remedy if this Agreement is terminated in accordance with this section 22.
 
 
18

 
23.  
Representation by Counsel.
 
Each Party acknowledges that it has been represented by, or provided a reasonable period of time to obtain access to and advice by, counsel with this Agreement and the Restructuring Transaction contemplated herein.  Accordingly, any rule of law or any legal decision that would provide any Party with a defense to the enforcement of the terms of this Agreement against such Party based upon lack of legal counsel shall have no application and is expressly waived.
 
24.  
Independent Analysis.
 
Each of the Consenting Lender hereby confirms that it has made its own decision to execute this Agreement based upon its own independent assessment of documents and information available to it, as it deemed appropriate.
 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed and delivered by their respective duly authorized officers, solely in their respective capacity as officers of the undersigned and not in any other capacity, as of the date first set forth above.
 
[Signature Pages Follow]
 
 
19

 
[Restructuring Support Agreement Signature Pages]
 
     
 
GSE Holding, Inc.
GSE Environmental, Inc.
GSE Environmental, LLC
SynTech, LLC
 
       
 
By:
/s/ Daniel C. Storey
 
   
Name:   Daniel C. Storey
 
   
Title:     Senior Vice President,
Chief Financial Officer
 
       
       

 
 
 

 
CETUS CAPITAL II, LLC
   
By:
/s/ Richard Maybaum
 
   
Name:
Richard Maybaum
 
   
Title:
Managing Director
 
 
 
 
Principal Amount of First Lien Loans:  $  [REDACTED]
 
Notice Address:
   
8 Sound Shore Drive
 
Suite 303
 
Greenwich, CT 06830
 
Fax:
(203) 552-3595
 
Attention:
Gentry Klein
 

 
 
 

 
LITTLEJOHN OPPORTUNITIES MASTER FUND LP
   
By:
/s/ Richard Maybaum
 
   
Name:
Richard Maybaum
 
   
Title:
Managing Director
 
 
 
 
Principal Amount of First Lien Loans:  $  [REDACTED]
 
Notice Address:
   
8 Sound Shore Drive
 
Suite 303
 
Greenwich, CT 06830
 
Fax:
(203) 552-3595
 
Attention:
Gentry Klein
 

 
 
 

 
SG DISTRESSED FUND, LP
   
By:
/s/ Richard Maybaum
 
   
Name:
Richard Maybaum
 
   
Title:
Managing Director
 
 
 
 
Principal Amount of First Lien Loans:  $  [REDACTED]
 
Notice Address:
   
8 Sound Shore Drive
 
Suite 303
 
Greenwich, CT 06830
 
Fax:
(203) 552-3595
 
Attention:
Gentry Klein
 

 
 
 

 
TENNENBAUM OPPORTUNITIES FUND VI, LLC
By: Tennenbaum Capital Partners, LLC, its Investment Manager
   
By:
/s/ David A. Hollander
 
   
Name:
David A. Hollander
 
   
Title:
Managing Partner
 
 
 
 
Principal Amount of First Lien Loans:  $ [REDACTED]
 
Notice Address:
   
c/o Tennenbaum Capital Partners, LLC
 
2951 28th St. Suite 1000
 
Santa Monica, CA 90405
 
Fax:
310-899-4967
 
Attention:
David Hollander
 

 
 
 

 
TENNENBAUM OPPORTUNITIES PARTNERS V, LP
By:  Tennenbaum Capital Partners, LLC, its Investment Manager
   
By:
/s/ David A. Hollander
 
   
Name:
David A. Hollander
 
   
Title:
Managing Partner
 
 
 
 
Principal Amount of First Lien Loans:  $ [REDACTED]
 
Notice Address:
   
c/o Tennenbaum Capital Partners, LLC
 
2951 28th St. Suite 1000
 
Santa Monica, CA 90405
 
Fax:
310-899-4967
 
Attention:
David Hollander
 

 
 
 

 
STRATEGIC VALUE SPECIAL SITUATIONS MASTER FUND II, L.P.
By:  SVP Special Situations II, LLC
   
By:
/s/ Lewis Schwartz
 
   
Name:
Lewis Schwartz
 
   
Title:
Chief Financial Officer
 
 
 
 
Principal Amount of First Lien Loans:  $ [REDACTED]
 
Notice Address:
   
Strategic Value Partners LLC
 
100 West Putnam Avenue
 
Greenwich, CT 06830
 
Phone: 203-618-3599
 
Fax:
201-720-2945 (or email 12017202945@tls.ldsprod.com)
 
Attention:
Aravind Rajasekharan
 

 
 
 

 
STRATEGIC VALUE SPECIAL SITUATIONS MASTER FUND III, L.P.
By: SVP Special Situations III, LLC, its Investment Manager
   
By:
/s/ Lewis Schwartz
 
   
Name:
Lewis Schwartz
 
   
Title:
Chief Financial Officer
 
 
 
 
Principal Amount of First Lien Loans:  $ [REDACTED]
 
Notice Address:
   
Strategic Value Partners LLC
 
100 West Putnam Avenue
 
Greenwich, CT 06830
 
Phone:      203-618-3599
 
Fax:           201-720-2945 (or email 12017202945@tls.ldsprod.com)
 
Attention:  Aravind Rajasekharan
 

 
 
 

 
STRATEGIC VALUE SPECIAL SITUATIONS OFFSHORE FUND III-A, L.P.
By: SVP Special Situations III-A, LLC, its Investment Manager
   
By:
/s/ Lewis Schwartz
 
   
Name:
Lewis Schwartz
 
   
Title:
Chief Financial Officer
 
 
 
 
Principal Amount of First Lien Loans:  $ [REDACTED]
 
Notice Address:
   
Strategic Value Partners LLC
 
100 West Putnam Avenue
 
Greenwich, CT 06830
 
Phone:
203-618-3599
 
Fax:
201-720-2945 (or email 12017202945@tls.ldsprod.com)
 
Attention:
Aravind Rajasekharan
 

 

 
 
 

 
EXHIBIT A
 
JOINT PLAN
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

 
EXHIBIT B
 
JOINDER AGREEMENT
 
[_________], 2014
 
The undersigned (“Transferee”) hereby acknowledges that it has read and understands the Restructuring Support Agreement, dated as of May 4, 2014 (as amended, supplemented, or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Restructuring Support Agreement”),1 by and among the Company and the Consenting Lenders.
 
1.           Agreement to be Bound.  The Transferee hereby agrees to be bound by all of the terms of the Restructuring Support Agreement, a copy of which is attached to this hereto as Annex I (as the same has been or may be hereafter amended, restated, or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with the provisions hereof).  The Transferee shall hereafter be deemed to be a “Consenting Lender” and a “Party” for all purposes under the Restructuring Support Agreement.
 
2.           Representations and Warranties.  With respect to the aggregate principal amount of First Lien Loans set forth below its name on the signature page hereof, the Transferee hereby makes the representations and warranties of the Consenting Lenders set forth in Section 8 of the Agreement to each other Party to the Restructuring Support Agreement.
 
3.           Governing Law.  This joinder agreement (the “Joinder Agreement”) to the Restructuring Support Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal laws of the State of New York, without regard to any conflicts of law provisions which would require the application of the law of any other jurisdiction.
 
* * * * *
 
[The Remainder Of This Page Is Intentionally Left Blank]
 

___________________ 
1
Capitalized terms used and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings set forth in the Restructuring Support Agreement.
 
 
 

 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Transferee has caused this Joinder Agreement to be executed as of the date first written above.
 

 
Name of Transferor:                                                                                     
 
Name of Transferee:                                                                                     
 
     
 
By:
   
     
 
Name:
   
     
 
Title:
   
   
   
 
 
Principal Amount of First Lien Loans Transferred:  $__________________
   
   
   
 
Notice Address:
     
     
     
     
 
Fax:
   
 
Attention:
   
       
 
With a copy to:
 
       
     
     
     
 
Fax:
   
 
Attention:
   
     

 
EX-99.1 3 exh_991.htm EXHIBIT 99.1 exh_991.htm
          Exhibit 99.1
 
PRESS RELEASE
 
 
GSE ENVIRONMENTAL REACHES CONSENSUAL AGREEMENT WITH LENDERS TO RESTRUCTURE BALANCE SHEET AND STRENGTHEN FINANCIAL POSITION
 
Company to Move Forward with “Pre-Arranged” Chapter 11 Reorganization
Normal Business Operations to Continue with Ample Liquidity and No Interruption in Business
New Capital Structure Will Support Growth and Continued Industry Leadership


HOUSTON — (May 5, 2014) GSE Environmental, Inc., (“GSE” or the “Company”) (OTCQB: GSEH), a leading manufacturer and marketer of geosynthetic lining solutions, announced today an agreement with its lenders to restructure its balance sheet by converting all of its outstanding first lien debt to equity, leaving the Company well-positioned for long‐term growth and profitability. In order to implement the financial restructuring, GSE Environmental and most of its domestic wholly‐owned subsidiaries have filed voluntary petitions for reorganization under Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code in the Bankruptcy Court for the District of Delaware.
 
In conjunction with the Chapter 11 filing, GSE Environmental entered into a restructuring support agreement with lenders who hold 100% of the Company’s first lien debt. In this agreement, the lenders committed to support a restructuring transaction that will eliminate more than $172 million in debt from GSE Environmental’s balance sheet.
 
The restructuring support agreement also provides for a $45 million debtor-in-possession (DIP) financing facility to fund the Chapter 11 process.  The DIP financing will provide adequate funding to meet customer, vendor, employee, and other stakeholder commitments for the duration of the restructuring process.  The lender group has also committed to backstop exit financing to ensure the Company has a clear path to emergence. Chuck Sorrentino, Director, Chief Executive Officer, and President of GSE Environmental said, “GSE Environmental’s board of directors and management team are pleased to have reached a recapitalization agreement with all of our first lien lenders that will reduce our debt, strengthen our balance sheet, and position us for the growth of the Company and long-term success,”
 
“We are grateful for the support of our key financial stakeholders for our business plan and restructuring. We will continue normal business operations, with no expected disruptions to our relationships with our employees, customers, business partners, or vendors. Our customers can be confident that they will continue to receive the same high quality products and industry leading services and support they are accustomed to without interruption,” concluded Mr. Sorrentino. GSE Environmental plans to pay in full and in the ordinary course the Company’s trade vendors that agree to return to market terms for trade credit, and the plan of reorganization also provides for a meaningful recovery for other unsecured creditors.
 
GSE Environmental has filed customary “First Day Motions” with the Bankruptcy Court, which, if granted, will help ensure a smooth transition to Chapter 11 without business disruption and will minimize impact on its employees, customers, business partners, vendors, and suppliers. The motions are expected to be addressed promptly by the Court.  The Company fully anticipates that employees will continue to receive their usual pay and health and welfare benefits and is confident that the Court will approve its request to do so.
 
GSE Environmental’s non‐U.S. subsidiaries are not included in the U.S. Chapter 11 filings and will continue to operate in the ordinary course without interruption.
 
The Company is represented by Kirkland & Ellis LLP, Alvarez & Marsal North America, LLC, and Moelis & Company.  The first lien lenders are represented by Wachtell, Lipton, Rosen & Katz.
 
Parties seeking more information about this announcement may contact GSE Environmental at (281)230-5843 or recapitalization@gseworld.com.  Documents relating to the Company’s filing can be accessed at http://www.gseworld.com.
 
About GSE ENVIRONMENTAL
 
GSE is a global manufacturer and marketer of geosynthetic lining solutions, products and services used in the containment and management of solids, liquids and gases for organizations engaged in waste management, mining, water, wastewater and aquaculture.
 
GSE has a long history of manufacturing quality geosynthetic lining systems and developing innovative products. The Company's principal products are polyethylene-based geomembranes, geonets, geocomposites, geosynthetic clay liners, concrete protection liners and vertical barriers. GSE manufactures products primarily to line or cap hazardous and non-hazardous waste landfills, contain materials generated in certain mining processes, and contain water, liquid waste and industrial products in ponds, tanks, reservoirs, sewers and canals. Headquartered in Houston, Texas, USA, GSE maintains sales offices throughout the world and manufacturing facilities in the US, Chile, Germany, Thailand, China and Egypt.
 

To learn more about GSE Environmental, please visit http://www.gseworld.com.

###

 
 
Forward-Looking Statements
 
This press release contains forward-looking statements within the meaning of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. These statements may include words such as "anticipate," "believe," "expect," "intend," "may" and other words and terms of similar meaning, including in connection with any discussion of the timing or nature of future financial performance or other events. Such forward-looking statements are subject to certain risks and uncertainties including, but not limited to: the potential adverse effect of the Chapter 11 Cases on the Debtors’ business, financial condition or results of operations, including the Debtors’ ability to maintain contracts and other business relationships that are critical to the Debtors’ business and the actions and decisions of the Debtors’ creditors and other third parties with interests in the Chapter 11 Cases; the Debtors’ ability to maintain adequate liquidity to fund the Debtors’ operations during the Chapter 11 Cases and to fund a plan of reorganization and thereafter, including obtaining sufficient debtor in possession financing and exit financing; whether the holders of the Debtors’ liabilities and/or securities receive any value for their interests; the Debtors’ ability to obtain Bankruptcy Court approval with respect to motions in the Chapter 11 Cases prosecuted from time to time; whether a trading market for the Company’s common stock will exist on the OTCQB Marketplace; and other factors disclosed by the Company from time to time in its filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission, including those described under the caption “Risk Factors” in the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K and Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q. As a result of these factors, the Company’s actual results may differ materially from those indicated or implied by such forward-looking statements. Except as required by law, the Company disclaims any obligation to publicly update such statements.
 

Media Contact:
Chuck Sorrentino
President and Chief Executive Officer
GSE Environmental
281-230-5843
 
 

 


EX-99.2 4 exh_992.htm EXHIBIT 99.2 exh_992.htm
Exhibit 99.2
 
IN THE UNITED STATES BANKRUPTCY COURT
FOR THE DISTRICT OF DELAWARE
 
 
)
 
In re:
)
Chapter 11
 
)
 
GSE ENVIRONMENTAL, INC., et al.,1
)
Case No. 14-11126 (___)
 
)
 
Debtors.
)
(Joint Administration Requested)
 
)
 

 
DEBTORS’ JOINT PLAN OF REORGANIZATION
PURSUANT TO CHAPTER 11 OF THE BANKRUPTCY CODE
 

 
Patrick J. Nash, Jr., P.C. (pro hac vice admission pending)
Laura Davis Jones (DE Bar No. 2436)
Jeffrey D. Pawlitz (pro hac vice admission pending)
Bradley Thomas Giordano (pro hac vice admission pending)
Timothy P. Cairns (DE Bar No. 4228)
KIRKLAND & ELLIS LLP
PACHULSKI STANG ZIEHL & JONES LLP
300 North LaSalle
919 North Market Street, 17th Floor
Chicago, Illinois 60654
P.O. Box 8705
Telephone:            (312) 862-2000
Wilmington, Delaware 19899-8705 (Courier 19801)
Facsimile:               (312) 862-2200
Telephone:           (302) 652-4100
Email:                      patrick.nash@kirkland.com
Facsimile:              (302) 652-4400
jeffrey.pawlitz@kirkland.com
Email:                     ljones@pszjlaw.com
bradley.giordano@kirkland.com
tcairns@pszjlaw.com
   

Proposed Co-Counsel for the Debtors and Debtors in Possession
 
Dated:  May 4, 2014

_____________________ 
1
The Debtors in these chapter 11 cases, along with the last four digits of each Debtor’s federal tax identification number, include:  GSE Environmental, Inc. (1074); GSE Environmental, LLC (1539); GSE Holding, Inc. (9069); and SynTec, LLC (2133).  The location of the Debtors’ service address is:  19103 Gundle Road, Houston, Texas 77073.
 
 
 

 
TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
ARTICLE I. DEFINED TERMS, RULES OF INTERPRETATION, COMPUTATION OF TIME, AND GOVERNING LAW
1
A.
Defined Terms.
1
B.
Rules of Interpretation.
9
C.
Computation of Time.
10
D.
Governing Law.
10
E.
Reference to Monetary Figures.
10
   
ARTICLE II. ADMINISTRATIVE CLAIMS AND PRIORITY TAX CLAIMS
10
A.
Administrative Claims.
10
B.
Professional Compensation.
11
C.
Post-Confirmation Date Fees and Expenses.
11
D.
DIP Facility Claims.
12
E.
Priority Tax Claims.
12
F.
Statutory Fees.
12
   
ARTICLE III. CLASSIFICATION AND TREATMENt oF CLAIMS AND INTERESTS
12
A.
Classification of Claims and Interests.
12
B.
Treatment of Claims and Interests.
13
C.
Special Provision Governing Unimpaired Claims.
16
D.
Acceptance or Rejection of the Plan.
16
E.
Confirmation Pursuant to Sections 1129(a)(10) and 1129(b) of the Bankruptcy Code.
16
F.
Controversy Concerning Impairment.
16
G.
Elimination of Vacant Classes.
16
H.
Subordinated Claims.
16
I.
Intercompany Interests.
17
   
ARTICLE IV. MEANS FOR IMPLEMENTATION OF THE PLAN
17
A.
General Settlement of Claims and Interests.
17
B.
Restructuring Transactions.
17
C.
Reorganized GSE Environmental, Inc.
17
D.
Existing Letters of Credit.
18
E.
Sources of Consideration for Plan Distributions.
18
F.
Corporate Existence.
18
G.
Vesting of Assets in the Reorganized Debtors.
19
H.
Cancellation of Securities and Agreements.
19
I.
Corporate Action.
19
J.
New Organizational Documents.
20
K.
Key Employee Obligations.
20
L.
Directors, Managers, and Officers of the Reorganized Debtors.
20
M.
Effectuating Documents; Further Transactions.
20
N.
Section 1146 Exemption.
20
O.
Director and Officer Liability Insurance.
21
P.
Management Equity Incentive Plan.
21
Q.
Employee and Retiree Benefits.
21
R.
Preservation of Causes of Action.
21
   
ARTICLE V. TREATMENT OF EXECUTORY CONTRACTS AND UNEXPIRED LEASES
22
A.
Rejection of Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases.
22
B.
Cure of Defaults for Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases Assumed.
22
C.
Modifications, Amendments, Supplements, Restatements, or Other Agreements.
22
D.
Reservation of Rights.
22
E.
Nonoccurrence of Effective Date.
23
F.
Contracts and Leases Entered Into After the Petition Date.
23
 
 
i

 
ARTICLE VI. PROVISIONS GOVERNING DISTRIBUTIONS
23
A.
Timing and Calculation of Amounts to Be Distributed.
23
B.
Disbursing Agent.
23
C.
Rights and Powers of Disbursing Agent.
23
D.
Distributions on Account of Claims Allowed After the Effective Date
24
E.
Delivery of Distributions and Undeliverable or Unclaimed Distributions.
24
F.
Manner of Payment.
25
G.
Securities Registration Exemption.
25
H.
Compliance with Tax Requirements.
25
I.
Allocations.
26
J.
No Postpetition Interest on Claims.
26
K.
Setoffs and Recoupment.
26
L.
Claims Paid or Payable by Third Parties.
26
   
ARTICLE VII. PROCEDURES FOR RESOLVING CONTINGENT,
27
UNLIQUIDATED, AND DISPUTED CLAIMS
27
A.
Resolution of Disputed Claims.
27
B.
Disallowance of Claims.
28
C.
Amendments to Claims.
28
   
ARTICLE VIII. SETTLEMENT, RELEASE, INJUNCTION, AND RELATED PROVISIONS
28
A.
Compromise and Settlement.
28
B.
Discharge of Claims and Termination of Interests.
29
C.
Release of Liens.
29
D.
Releases by the Debtors.
29
E.
Releases by Holders of Claims and Interests.
30
F.
Exculpation.
30
G.
Injunction.
31
H.
Protections Against Discriminatory Treatment.
31
I.
Recoupment.
31
J.
Subordination Rights.
31
K.
Document Retention.
32
   
ARTICLE IX. CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO CONFIRMATION AND CONSUMMATION OF THE PLAN
32
A.
Conditions Precedent to Confirmation.
32
B.
Conditions Precedent to the Effective Date.
32
C.
Waiver of Conditions.
33
D.
Effect of Failure of Conditions.
33
   
ARTICLE X. MODIFICATION, REVOCATION, OR WITHDRAWAL OF THE PLAN
33
A.
Modification and Amendments.
33
B.
Effect of Confirmation on Modifications.
34
C.
Revocation or Withdrawal of Plan.
34
   
ARTICLE XI. RETENTION OF JURISDICTION
34
ARTICLE XII. MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS
36
A.
Immediate Binding Effect.
36
B.
Additional Documents.
36
C.
Payment of Statutory Fees.
36
D.
Payment of Fees and Expenses of Professionals in Connection with the Funded Debt.
36
E.
Statutory Committee and Cessation of Fee and Expense Payment.
36
F.
Reservation of Rights.
36
G.
Successors and Assigns.
37
 
 
ii

 
H.
Notices.
37
I.
Term of Injunctions or Stays.
37
J.
Entire Agreement.
38
K.
Exhibits.
38
L.
Nonseverability of Plan Provisions.
38
M.
Votes Solicited in Good Faith.
38
N.
Closing of Chapter 11 Cases.
38
O.
Conflicts.
38
 

 
iii

 
INTRODUCTION
 
GSE Environmental, Inc., together with its Affiliates, GSE Environmental, LLC, GSE Holding, Inc., and SynTec, LLC  as debtors and debtors in possession (each, a “Debtor” and, collectively, the “Debtors”) propose this joint plan of reorganization (the “Plan”) for the resolution of the outstanding Claims against and Interests in the Debtors pursuant to chapter 11 of title 11 of the United States Code, 11 U.S.C. §§ 101–1532 (the “Bankruptcy Code”).  Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the meanings ascribed to such terms in Article I.A hereof.  Holders of Claims and Interests may refer to the Disclosure Statement for a discussion of the Debtors’ history, businesses, assets, results of operations, historical financial information, and projections of future operations, as well as a summary and description of the Plan and certain related matters.  The Debtors are the proponents of the Plan within the meaning of section 1129 of the Bankruptcy Code.
 
ALL HOLDERS OF CLAIMS ENTITLED TO VOTE TO ACCEPT OR REJECT THE PLAN ARE ENCOURAGED TO READ THE PLAN AND THE DISCLOSURE STATEMENT IN THEIR ENTIRETY BEFORE VOTING.
 
ARTICLE I.
DEFINED TERMS, RULES OF INTERPRETATION,
COMPUTATION OF TIME, AND GOVERNING LAW
 
A.  
Defined Terms.
 
As used in this Plan, capitalized terms have the meanings set forth below.
 
1. Accrued Professional Compensation Claims” means, at any given time, all Claims for accrued, contingent, and/or unpaid fees and expenses rendered allowable before the Effective Date by any retained Professional in the Chapter 11 Cases that the Bankruptcy Court has not denied by Final Order; provided, however, that any such fees and expenses (a) have not been previously paid (regardless of whether a fee application has been Filed for any such amount) and (b) have not been applied against any retainer that has been provided to such Professional.  To the extent that the Bankruptcy Court or any higher court of competent jurisdiction denies or reduces by a Final Order any amount of a Professional’s fees or expenses, then those reduced or denied amounts shall no longer constitute Accrued Professional Compensation Claims.
 
2. Administrative Claim” means any Claim for costs and expenses of administration pursuant to sections 328, 330, 364(c)(1), 365, 503(b), 507(a)(2), 507(b), or 1114(e)(2) of the Bankruptcy Code, including:  (a) the actual and necessary costs and expenses incurred after the Petition Date and through the Effective Date of preserving the Estates and operating the businesses of the Debtors (such as wages, salaries, or commissions for services and payments for goods and other services and leased premises); (b) Allowed Accrued Professional Compensation Claims; and (c) all fees and charges assessed against the Estates pursuant to section 1930 of chapter 123 of the Judicial Code.
 
3. Administrative Claims Bar Date” means the date by which all requests for payment of Administrative Claims must be Filed and served on the Reorganized Debtors pursuant to the procedures specified in the Confirmation Order and the notice of entry of the Confirmation Order, which date shall be (a) for Administrative Claims (other than trade vendor Claims for goods and services sold to the Debtors in the ordinary course of business and Accrued Professional Compensation Claims) arising during the period commencing on the Petition Date and continuing through and including the date that is seven (7) days prior to the date for the Confirmation Hearing, the date that is three (3) days prior to the Confirmation Hearing, and (b) for Administrative Claims (other than trade vendor Claims for goods and services sold to the Debtors and Accrued Professional Compensation Claims) arising during the period commencing after the date that is seven (7) days prior to the date for the Confirmation Hearing, the date that is three (3) days after the Effective Date.
 
4. Affiliate” has the meaning set forth in section 101(2) of the Bankruptcy Code.
 
 
1

 
5. Allowed” means with respect to any Claim, except as otherwise provided herein:  (a) a Claim that either (i) is not Disputed or (ii) has been allowed by a Final Order; (b) a Claim that is allowed (i) pursuant to the terms of the Plan, (ii) in any stipulation that is approved by the Bankruptcy Court by a Final Order, or (iii) pursuant to any contract, instrument, indenture, or other agreement entered into or assumed in connection herewith; (c) a Claim relating to a rejected Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease that either (i) is not a Disputed Claim or (ii) has been allowed by a Final Order; or (d) a Claim as to which a Proof of Claim has been timely Filed and as to which no objection has been Filed.
 
6. Avoidance Actions” means Claims and causes of action arising under sections 544, 545, 546, 547, 548, 549, 550, and 553(b) of the Bankruptcy Code.
 
7. Bankruptcy Court” means the United States Bankruptcy Court for the District of Delaware or any other court having jurisdiction over the Chapter 11 Cases.
 
8. Bankruptcy Rules” means the Federal Rules of Bankruptcy Procedure promulgated under section 2075 of the Judicial Code and the general, local, and chambers rules of the Bankruptcy Court.
 
9. Business Day” means any day, other than a Saturday, Sunday, or “legal holiday” (as defined in Bankruptcy Rule 9006(a)).
 
10. Cash” means cash and cash equivalents.
 
11.  “Causes of Action” means any:  (a) Claims, causes of action, demands, rights, actions, suits, obligations, liabilities, accounts, defenses, offsets, powers, privileges, licenses, and franchises; (b) all rights of setoff, counterclaim, or recoupment and Claims on contracts or for breaches of duties imposed by law; (c) rights to object to Claims or Interests; (d) Claims pursuant to sections 362, 510, 542, 543, 544, 545, 546, 547, 548, 549, 550, or 553 of the Bankruptcy Code; and (e) Claims and defenses as fraud, mistake, duress, and usury and any other defenses set forth in section 558 of the Bankruptcy Code of any kind or character whatsoever, known or unknown, contingent or non-contingent, matured or unmatured, suspected or unsuspected, whether arising before, on, or after the Petition Date including through the Effective Date, in contract, in tort, in law, or in equity, or pursuant to any other theory of law.
 
12. Certificate” means any instrument evidencing a Claim or an Interest.
 
13. Chapter 11 Cases” means (a) when used with reference to a particular Debtor, the case pending for that Debtor under chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code in the Bankruptcy Court and (b) when used with reference to all the Debtors, the procedurally consolidated chapter 11 cases pending for the Debtors in the Bankruptcy Court.
 
14. CHS Capital” means Code Hennessey & Simmons IV LP and its Affiliates.
 
15. Claim” means any claim, as such term is defined in section 101(5) of the Bankruptcy Code, against a Debtor.
 
16. Claims Bar Date means, for each General Unsecured Claim the date that is 35 days after the entry of the Claims Bar Date Order, as set forth in the Claims Bar Date Order.
 
17. Claims Bar Date Order” means the order of the Bankruptcy Court establishing the date that is 35 days after the Petition Date as the Claims Bar Date for General Unsecured Claims.
 
18. Claims Objection Deadline” means, for each General Unsecured Claim, the first Business Day that is 80 days after the Effective Date, provided that the Claims Objection Deadline may be extended by order of the Bankruptcy Court after notice and a hearing.
 
19. Claims Register” means the official register of Claims maintained by the Noticing Agent.
 
 
2

 
20. Class” means a class of Claims or Interests as set forth in Article III hereof pursuant to section 1122(a) of the Bankruptcy Code.
 
21. CM/ECF” means the Bankruptcy Court’s Case Management and Electronic Case Filing system.
 
22. Confirmation” means the entry of the Confirmation Order on the docket of the Chapter 11 Cases, subject to all conditions specified in Article IX.A hereof having been (a) satisfied or (b) waived pursuant to
 
Article IX.C hereof.
 
23. Confirmation Date” means the date upon which the Bankruptcy Court enters the Confirmation Order on the docket of the Chapter 11 Cases, within the meaning of Bankruptcy Rules 5003 and 9021.
 
24. Confirmation Hearing” means the hearing held by the Bankruptcy Court on Confirmation of the Plan pursuant to section 1129 of the Bankruptcy Code, as such hearing may be continued from time to time.
 
25. Confirmation Order” means the order of the Bankruptcy Court confirming the Plan pursuant to section 1129 of the Bankruptcy Code.
 
26. Consummation” means the occurrence of the Effective Date.
 
27. Creditors Committee” means an official committee of unsecured creditors appointed in the Chapter 11 Cases by the Office of the United States Trustee for the District of Delaware, if any.
 
28. “Cure Claim” means a Claim based upon the Debtors’ defaults on an Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease at the time such contract or lease is assumed by the Debtors pursuant to section 365 of the Bankruptcy Code.
 
29. D&O Policy” means any insurance policy of the Debtors provided by an insurance company that provides coverage against director, managers, and officer liability claims, as applicable.
 
30. Debtor Release” means the release given by the Debtors to the Released Parties as set forth in Article VIII.D.
 
31. DIP Agent” means that certain administrative agent (and its successors and assigns) under the DIP Facility.
 
32. DIP Facility” means that certain $45 million superpriority priming delayed-draw term loan facility among GSE Environmental, Inc., as borrower, certain Affiliates thereof, as guarantors, the DIP Agent, and the DIP Lenders.
 
33. DIP Facility Claims” means any Claim held by the DIP Lenders and or the DIP Agent arising under or related to the DIP Facility.
 
34. DIP Lenders” means those certain lenders party to the DIP Facility.
 
35. DIP Order” means the interim order or final order, as applicable, entered by the Bankruptcy Court, authorizing and approving the DIP Facility.
 
36. Disbursing Agent” means the Reorganized Debtors or the Entity or Entities selected by the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, to make or facilitate distributions pursuant to the Plan.
 
37. Disclosure Statement” means the Disclosure Statement Relating to the Debtors’ Joint Plan of Reorganization Pursuant to Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code (as may be altered, amended, modified, or supplemented from time to time), including all exhibits and schedules thereto and references therein that relate to the Plan, and that is prepared and distributed in accordance with the Bankruptcy Code, the Bankruptcy Rules, and any other applicable law.
 
 
3

 
38. Disputed” means any Claim or Interest that is not yet Allowed.
 
39. Effective Date” means the date selected by the Debtors, that is reasonably acceptable to the Required Lenders, and that is a Business Day after the Confirmation Date on which (a) the conditions to the occurrence of the Effective Date have been met or waived pursuant to Article IX.B and Article IX.C hereof and (b) no stay of the Confirmation Order is in effect.
 
40. Entity” means an entity as such term is defined in section 101(15) of the Bankruptcy Code.
 
41. Equity Security” means any equity security as defined in section 101(16) of the Bankruptcy Code in a Debtor.
 
42. Estate” means, as to each Debtor, the estate created for the Debtor in its Chapter 11 Case pursuant to section 541 of the Bankruptcy Code.
 
43. Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, 15 U.S.C. § 78a, et seq.
 
44. Exculpated Claim” means any Claim related to any act taken or omitted to be taken in connection with, relating to, or arising out of the Chapter 11 Cases, the formulation, preparation, dissemination, negotiation, or filing of the Disclosure Statement or the Plan, or any contract, instrument, release, or other agreement or document created or entered into in connection with the Disclosure Statement or the Plan, the preparation or filing of the Chapter 11 Cases, the pursuit of Confirmation, the pursuit of Consummation, and the administration and implementation of the Plan, including the issuance of New Equity or the distribution of property under the Plan or any other agreement.
 
45. Exculpated Party” means each of:  (a) the Debtors and (b) the Released Parties.
 
46. Exit Facility” means a credit facility to be entered into by the Reorganized Debtors to fund ongoing operations and obligations under the Plan including to pay or refinance the DIP Facility Claims on the Effective Date.
 
47. Exit Facility Backstop Commitment” means the commitment of the Required Lenders to backstop the funding of the Exit Facility in the event the Company is unable to secure the Exit Facility from a third-party with material terms acceptable to the Required Lenders.
 
48. Exit Facility Term Sheet” means a term sheet setting forth the material terms of the Exit Facility, which shall be acceptable to the Required Lenders.
 
49. Executory Contract” means a contract to which one or more of the Debtors is a party and that is subject to assumption or rejection under section 365 of the Bankruptcy Code.
 
50. Federal Judgment Rate” means the federal judgment rate in effect as of the Petition Date.
 
51. File” or “Filed” means file, filed, or filing with the Bankruptcy Court or its authorized designee in the Chapter 11 Cases.
 
52. Final Order” means, as applicable, an order or judgment of the Bankruptcy Court or other court of competent jurisdiction with respect to the relevant subject matter, which has not been reversed, stayed, modified, or amended, and as to which the time to appeal, seek certiorari, or move for a new trial, re-argument, or rehearing  has expired and no appeal, petition for certiorari, or motion for a new trial, re-argument, or rehearing has been timely filed, or as to which any appeal that has been taken, any petition for certiorari, or motion for a new trial, re-argument, or rehearing that has been or may be Filed has been resolved by the highest court to which the order or judgment was appealed or from which certiorari was sought.
 
 
4

 
53. First Lien Credit Agreement” means the First Lien Credit Agreement dated as of May 27, 2011, among GSE Environmental, Inc., as borrower, and the other Debtors as guarantors, the First Lien Agent (including its predecessors, successors, and assigns), and the First Lien Lenders (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time).
 
54. First Lien Credit Agreement Existing Letters of Credit” means all outstanding and undrawn letters of credit under the First Lien Credit Agreement.
 
55. First Lien Agent” means Cantor Fitzgerald Securities (including its successors and assigns), in its capacity as administrative agent and collateral agent under the First Lien Credit Agreement.
 
56. First Lien Claim” means any Secured Claim or Unsecured Claim derived from, based upon, relating to or arising from the First Lien Credit Agreement.
 
57.  “First Lien Lenders” means the institutions party from time to time as Lenders under the First Lien Credit Agreement.
 
58. General Administrative Claim” means any Administrative Claim, including Cure Claims, other than a Professional Fee Claim.
 
59. General Unsecured Claims” means any Claim that is neither Secured nor entitled to priority under the Bankruptcy Code or any order of the Bankruptcy Court, including any Claim arising from the rejection of an Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease under section 365 of the Bankruptcy Code and all claims that are not (a) Administrative Claims, (b) DIP Facility Claims, (c) Priority Tax Claims, (d) Other Priority Claims, (e) Other Secured Claims,(f) First Lien Loan Claims, (g) Qualified Unsecured Trade Claims, (h) Section 510(b) Claims, or (i) Intercompany Claims.   For the avoidance of doubt, the General Unsecured Claims shall include any deficiency Claims arising from Holders of Other Secured Claims.
 
60. General Unsecured Claims Recovery Pool” means $1,000,000 million in Cash to be paid into a bank account identified by the Disbursing Agent for General Unsecured Claims to be held in trust for the benefit of holders of Allowed General Unsecured Claims and to be distributed in accordance with the provisions of Article III.B.5.
 
61. Governmental Unit” means a governmental unit as defined in section 101(27) of the Bankruptcy Code.
 
62. Holder” means an Entity holding a Claim or an Interest.
 
63. Impaired” means, with respect to a Class of Claims or Interests, a Class of Claims or Interests that is not Unimpaired.
 
64. Intercompany Claim” means any Claim held by a Debtor or a Non-Filer against another Debtor.
 
65. Intercompany Interest” means any Interest in a Debtor or a Non-Filer held by another Debtor or Non-Filer or any Interest in a Debtor or a Non-Filer held by an Affiliate of a Debtor or a Non-Filer.
 
66. Interests” means any: (a) Equity Security, including all issued, unissued, authorized, or outstanding shares of capital stock of the Debtors together with any warrants, options, or contractual rights to purchase or acquire such Equity Securities at any time and all rights arising with respect thereto; and (b) partnership, limited liability company, or similar interest in a Debtor.
 
67. Judicial Code” means title 28 of the United States Code, 28 U.S.C. §§ 1–4001.
 
 
5

 
68. Key Employee Plans” means the key employee plans as defined in the First Lien Credit Agreement.
 
69. Key Employee Plan Obligations” means the obligations arising pursuant the Key Employee Plans.
 
70. Lien” means a lien as defined in section 101(37) of the Bankruptcy Code.
 
71. Management Equity Incentive Plan” means that certain post-Effective Date management equity incentive plan to be implemented by the New Board of Reorganized GSE Environmental, Inc.
 
72. New Boards” means the initial boards of directors, members, or managers, as applicable, of such Reorganized Debtors.
 
73. New Equity” means the equity of Reorganized GSE Holding, Inc., authorized pursuant to the Plan.
 
74. New Organizational Documents” means such certificates or articles of incorporation, bylaws, or such other applicable formation documents of each of the Reorganized Debtors, the forms of which will be included in the Plan Supplement.
 
75.  “Non-Filers” means GSE International, Inc., GSE Lining Technology Co. LTD, GSE Lining Technology Co. - Egypt S.A.E., HYMA/GSE Manufacturing Co., HYMA/GSE Manufacturing Co. S.A.E., GSE (UK) Ltd., GSE Lining Technology LTD., GSE Australia Pty LTD, GSE Lining Technology GmbH, GSE Environmental Holding Ltd., GSE Environmental Lining Technology (Sazhou) Co., Ltd., GSE Lining Technology Chile S.A., and GSE Environmental S de RL de CV.
 
76. Noticing Agent” means Prime Clerk, LLC, located at 830 Third Avenue, 9th Floor, New York, NY, (844) 205-4335, retained as the Debtors’ notice, claims, and balloting agent.
 
77. Other Priority Claims” means any Claim, other than an Administrative Claim or a Priority Tax Claim, entitled to priority in right of payment under section 507(a) of the Bankruptcy Code.
 
78. Other Secured Claim” means any Secured Claim that is not a First Lien Claim.
 
79. Parent Equity Interests” means Interests in GSE Holding, Inc.
 
80. Petition Date” means May 4, 2014, the date on which the Debtors commenced the Chapter 11 Cases.
 
81. Plan” means this Joint Plan of Reorganization of the GSE Environmental, Inc., et al., Pursuant to Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code as it may be altered, amended, modified, or supplemented from time to time in accordance with the terms hereof, including the Plan Supplement and all exhibits, supplements, appendices, and schedules, which are incorporated herein by reference.
 
82. Plan Supplement” means the compilation of documents and forms of documents, schedules, and exhibits to the Plan to be Filed by the Debtors no later than 10 days prior to the Confirmation Hearing or such later date as may be approved by the Bankruptcy Court on notice to parties in interest, and additional documents filed with the Bankruptcy Court comprised of, among other documents, the following:  (a) New Organizational Documents; (b) a list of retained Causes of Action; (c) Restructuring Transaction Memorandum; (d) the Shareholder Agreement; (e) the Exit Facility Term Sheet; and (f) Exit Facility Backstop Commitment.  Any reference to the Plan Supplement in this Plan shall include each of the documents identified above as (a) through (f).  The Debtors shall have the right to amend the documents contained in the Plan Supplement, and add additional documents to the Plan Supplement, through and including the Effective Date in accordance with Article IX hereof.
 
 
6

 
83. Postpetition Period” means the period of time following the Petition Date through the Confirmation Date.
 
84. Priming Loan Credit Agreement” means the First Lien Credit Agreement dated as of January 10, 2014, among GSE Environmental, Inc., as borrower, and the other Debtors as guarantors, the Priming Loan Agent (including its predecessors, successors, and assigns), and the Priming Loan Lenders (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time).
 
85. Priming Loan Agent” means Cantor Fitzgerald Securities (including its successors and assigns), in its capacity as administrative agent and collateral agent under the Priming Loan Credit Agreement.
 
86. Priming Loan Lenders” means the institutions party from time to time as Lenders under the Priming Loan Credit Agreement.
 
87. Priority Tax Claim” means any Claim of the kind specified in section 507(a)(8) of the Bankruptcy Code.
 
88. Pro Rata” means the proportion that an Allowed Claim or Allowed Interest in a particular Class bears to the aggregate amount of Allowed Claims or Allowed Interests in that Class.
 
89. Professional” means an Entity:  (a) employed pursuant to a Bankruptcy Court order in accordance with sections 327 or 1103 of the Bankruptcy Code and to be compensated for services rendered prior to or on the Confirmation Date, pursuant to sections 327, 328, 329, 330, 331, and 363 of the Bankruptcy Code; or (b) awarded compensation and reimbursement by the Bankruptcy Court pursuant to section 503(b)(4) of the Bankruptcy Code.
 
90. Professional Fee Escrow Account” means an interest-bearing escrow account to hold and maintain an amount of Cash equal to the Professional Fee Escrow Amount funded by the Debtors after the Confirmation Date but at least one day prior to the Effective Date solely for the purpose of paying all Allowed and unpaid Accrued Professional Compensation Claims.  Such Cash shall remain subject to the jurisdiction of the Bankruptcy Court.
 
91. Professional Fee Escrow Amount” means the aggregate Accrued Professional Compensation Claims through the Effective Date as estimated in accordance with Article II.B.3.
 
92. Qualified Unsecured Trade Claim” means (a) all Unsecured Claims directly relating to and arising solely from the receipt of goods and services by the Debtors arising with, and held by, Entities with whom the Debtors are conducting, and will continue to conduct, business as of the Effective Date, which Entities have executed a Qualified Vendor Support Agreement prior to the Solicitation Date, and (b) all Claims designated by the Debtors as a “Qualified Unsecured Trade Claim” for purposes of the Plan by an order of the Bankruptcy Court or agreement of the applicable parties; provided, however, that Qualified Unsecured Trade Claims shall not include Administrative Claims or Other Priority Claims.
 
93. Qualified Vendor Support Agreement” means a written agreement entered into by Holders of Qualified Unsecured Trade Claims and the applicable Reorganized Debtor, in which such Holder shall agree to provide payment terms no less advantageous (from the perspective of the Reorganized Debtor) than those terms provided as 12 months prior to the Petition Date for at least 12 months following the Effective Date.
 
94. Reinstated” means:  (a) leaving unaltered the legal, equitable, and contractual rights to which a Claim or Interest entitles the Holder of such Claim or Interest so as to leave such Claim or Interest Unimpaired; or (b) notwithstanding any contractual provision or applicable law that entitles the Holder of a Claim or Interest to demand or receive accelerated payment of such Claim or Interest after the occurrence of a default:  (i) curing any such default that occurred before or after the Petition Date, other than a default of a kind specified in section 365(b)(2) of the Bankruptcy Code or of a kind that section 365(b)(2) expressly does not require to be cured; (ii) reinstating the maturity (to the extent such maturity has not otherwise accrued by the passage of time) of such Claim or Interest as such maturity existed before such default; (iii) compensating the Holder of such Claim or Interest for any damages incurred as a result of any reasonable reliance by such Holder on such contractual provision or such applicable law; (iv) if such Claim or Interest arises from a failure to perform a nonmonetary obligation other than a default arising from failure to operate a nonresidential real property lease subject to section 365(b)(1)(A), compensating the Holder of such Claim or Interest (other than a Debtor or an insider) for any actual pecuniary loss incurred by such Holder as a result of such failure; and (v) not otherwise altering the legal, equitable, or contractual rights to which such Claim or Interest entitles the Holder.
 
 
7

 
95. Released Party” means each of:  (a) the DIP Agent, the DIP Lenders, and the Holders of DIP Facility Claims, in each case, in their capacity as such;  (b) the Priming Loan Lenders and the Priming Loan Agent; (c) Holders of the First Lien Claims; (d) the Exit Facility agent and lenders, in each case, in their capacity as such; (e) the official committee of unsecured creditors appointed in the Chapter 11 Cases, if any; and (f) with respect to each of the foregoing entities in clauses (a) through (e), such person’s current and former Affiliates, subsidiaries, officers, directors, principals, employees, agents, financial advisors, attorneys, accountants, investment bankers, consultants, representatives, and other professionals, in each case in their capacity as such; and (g) the Debtors’ and the Reorganized Debtors’ current  Affiliates (including CHS Capital), including the Non-Filers, subsidiaries, officers, directors, principals, employees, agents, financial advisors, attorneys, accountants, investment bankers, consultants, representatives, and other professionals, in each case in their capacity as such.  No Holder of a Claim or Interest who votes to reject the Plan shall be a Released Party.
 
96. Reorganized Debtors” means the Debtors, or any successor thereto, by merger, consolidation, or otherwise, on or after the Effective Date.
 
97. Reorganized GSE Environmental, Inc.” means GSE Environmental, Inc., or any successor thereto, by merger, consolidation, or otherwise, on or after the Effective Date.
 
98. Reorganized GSE Holding, Inc.” means GSE Holding, Inc., or any successor thereto, by merger, consolidation, or otherwise, on or after the Effective Date.
 
99. Required Lenders” means the First Lien Lenders holding at least 66% in amount of the First Lien Claims.
 
100. Restructuring Transactions” means those mergers, amalgamations, consolidations, arrangements, continuances, restructurings, transfers, conversions, dispositions, liquidations, dissolutions, or other corporate transactions that the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors determine to be necessary or appropriate to effect a restructuring of a Debtor’s business or a restructuring of the overall corporate structure of the Reorganized Debtors, including those described in the Restructuring Transactions Memorandum.
 
101. Restructuring Transactions Memorandum” means the memorandum describing the Restructuring Transactions, including those inter-company mergers, consolidations, amalgamations, arrangements, continuances, restructurings, transfers, conversions, dispositions, liquidations, dissolutions, or other corporate transactions that the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors may determine to be necessary or appropriate to implement the Restructuring Transactions and to effect a restructuring of a Debtor’s business or a restructuring of the overall corporate structure of the Reorganized Debtors, which will be included in the Plan Supplement.
 
102. Section 510(b) Claim” means any Claim against the Debtors arising from rescission of a purchase or sale of a Security of any of the Debtors or an Affiliate of any of the Debtors, for damages arising from the purchase or sale of such a security, or for reimbursement or contribution allowed under section 502 of the Bankruptcy Code on account of such a Claim.
 
103. Secured” means when referring to a Claim: (a) secured by a Lien on property in which the Estate has an interest, which Lien is valid, perfected, and enforceable pursuant to applicable law or by reason of a Bankruptcy Court order, or that is subject to setoff pursuant to section 553 of the Bankruptcy Code, to the extent of the value of the creditor’s interest in the Estate’s interest in such property or to the extent of the amount subject to setoff, as applicable, as determined pursuant to section 506(a) of the Bankruptcy Code; or (b) Allowed as such pursuant to the Plan.
 
 
8

 
104. Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, 15 U.S.C. §§ 77a-77aa, together with the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.
 
105. Security” means a security as defined in section 2(a)(1) of the Securities Act.
 
106. Shareholder Agreement” means one or more stockholders’ agreement(s), as necessary, with respect to the New Equity.
 
107. Solicitation Date” means the date on which mailing solicitation of votes to accept or reject the Plan is commenced.
 
108. Third Party Release” means the release provision set forth in Article VIII.E hereof.
 
109. Third Party Releasees” means the Debtors, the Reorganized Debtors, and the Released Parties.
 
110. Unexpired Lease” means a lease to which one or more of the Debtors is a party that is subject to assumption or rejection under section 365 of the Bankruptcy Code.
 
111. Unimpaired” means, with respect to a Class of Claims or Interests, a Class of Claims or Interests that is unimpaired within the meaning of section 1124 of the Bankruptcy Code.
 
B.  
Rules of Interpretation.
 
For purposes of this Plan:  (1) in the appropriate context, each term, whether stated in the singular or the plural, shall include both the singular and the plural, and pronouns stated in the masculine, feminine, or neuter gender shall include the masculine, feminine, and the neuter gender; (2) unless otherwise specified, any reference herein to a contract, lease, instrument, release, indenture, or other agreement or document being in a particular form or on particular terms and conditions means that the referenced document shall be substantially in that form or substantially on those terms and conditions; (3) unless otherwise specified, any reference herein to an existing document, schedule, or exhibit, whether or not Filed, having been Filed or to be Filed shall mean that document, schedule, or exhibit, as it may thereafter be amended, modified, or supplemented; (4) any reference to an Entity as a Holder of a Claim or Interest includes that Entity’s successors and assigns; (5) unless otherwise specified, all references herein to “Articles” are references to Articles hereof or hereto; (6) unless otherwise specified, all references herein to exhibits are references to exhibits in the Plan Supplement; (7) unless otherwise specified, the words “herein,” “hereof,” and “hereto” refer to the Plan in its entirety rather than to a particular portion of the Plan; (8) subject to the provisions of any contract, certificate of incorporation, bylaw, instrument, release, or other agreement or document entered into in connection with the Plan, the rights and obligations arising pursuant to the Plan shall be governed by, and construed and enforced in accordance with the applicable federal law, including the Bankruptcy Code and Bankruptcy Rules; (9) captions and headings to Articles are inserted for convenience of reference only and are not intended to be a part of or to affect the interpretation of the Plan; (10) unless otherwise specified herein, the rules of construction set forth in section 102 of the Bankruptcy Code shall apply; (11) any term used in capitalized form herein that is not otherwise defined but that is used in the Bankruptcy Code or the Bankruptcy Rules shall have the meaning assigned to that term in the Bankruptcy Code or the Bankruptcy Rules, as the case may be; (12) all references to docket numbers of documents Filed in the Chapter 11 Cases are references to the docket numbers under the Bankruptcy Court’s CM/ECF system; (13) all references to statutes, regulations, orders, rules of courts, and the like shall mean as amended from time to time, and as applicable to the Chapter 11 Cases, unless otherwise stated; (14) all references to events occurring on a specified date shall mean that the event will occur on that date or as soon thereafter as reasonably practicable; and (15) any immaterial effectuating provisions may be interpreted by the Reorganized Debtors in such a manner that is consistent with the overall purpose and intent of the Plan all without further notice to or action, order, or approval of the Bankruptcy Court or any other Entity.  Except as otherwise specifically provided in the Plan to the contrary, references in the Plan to the Debtors or to the Reorganized Debtors shall mean the Debtors and the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, to the extent the context requires.
 
 
9

 
C.  
Computation of Time.
 
Unless otherwise specifically stated herein, the provisions of Bankruptcy Rule 9006(a) shall apply in computing any period of time prescribed or allowed herein.  If the date on which a transaction may occur pursuant to the Plan shall occur on a day that is not a Business Day, then such transaction shall instead occur on the next succeeding Business Day.
 
D.  
Governing Law.
 
Unless a rule of law or procedure is supplied by federal law (including the Bankruptcy Code and Bankruptcy Rules) or unless otherwise specifically stated, the laws of the State of New York, without giving effect to the principles of conflict of laws, shall govern the rights, obligations, construction, and implementation of the Plan, any agreements, documents, instruments, or contracts executed or entered into in connection with the Plan (except as otherwise set forth in those agreements, in which case the governing law of such agreement shall control); provided, however, that corporate governance matters relating to the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, not incorporated in Delaware shall be governed by the laws of the state of incorporation of the relevant Debtor or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable.
 
E.  
Reference to Monetary Figures.
 
All references in the Plan to monetary figures shall refer to currency of the United States of America, unless otherwise expressly provided.
 
ARTICLE II.
ADMINISTRATIVE CLAIMS AND PRIORITY TAX CLAIMS
 
In accordance with section 1123(a)(1) of the Bankruptcy Code, Administrative Claims and Priority Tax Claims have not been classified and, thus, are excluded from the Classes of Claims and Interests set forth in Article III hereof.
 
A.  
Administrative Claims.
 
1. General Administrative Claims.
 
Except as specified in this Article II, unless otherwise agreed to by the Holder of a General Administrative Claim and the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, each Holder of an Allowed General Administrative Claim will receive, in full satisfaction of its General Administrative Claim, Cash equal to the amount of such Allowed General Administrative Claim in the ordinary course of the Debtors’ business, pursuant to the terms and conditions of the particular transaction giving rise to such Allowed General Administrative Claims, without any further action by the Holders of such Allowed General Administrative Claims.
 
B.  
Professional Compensation.
 
1. Professional Fee Escrow Account.
 
As soon as reasonably practicable after the Confirmation Date and no later than one day prior to the Effective Date, the Debtors shall establish the Professional Fee Escrow Account.  On or before the Effective Date, the Debtors shall fund the Professional Fee Escrow Account with Cash in the amount of the aggregate Professional Fee Escrow Amount for all Professionals.  The Professional Fee Escrow Account shall be maintained in trust for the Professionals.  Such funds shall not be considered property of the Debtors’ Estates, except as otherwise provided in Article II.B.2.
 
 
10

 
2. Final Fee Applications and Payment of Accrued Professional Compensation Claims.
 
All final requests for payment of Claims of a Professional shall be Filed no later than 40 calendar days after the Effective Date.  After notice and a hearing in accordance with the procedures established by the Bankruptcy Code and prior Bankruptcy Court orders, the Allowed amounts of such Accrued Professional Compensation Claims shall be determined by the Bankruptcy Court.  The amount of Accrued Professional Compensation Claims owing to the Professionals, after taking into account any prior payments and after applying any retainers, shall be paid in Cash to such Professionals from funds held in the Professional Fee Escrow Account when such Claims are Allowed by a Final Order.  To the extent that funds held in the Professional Fee Escrow Account are unable to satisfy the amount of Accrued Professional Compensation Claims owing to the Professionals, such Professionals shall have an Allowed Administrative Claim for any such deficiency, which shall be satisfied in accordance with Article II.A.  After all Allowed Accrued Professional Compensation Claims have been paid in full, the escrow agent shall return any excess amounts to the Reorganized Debtors.
 
3. Professional Fee Escrow Amount.
 
To receive payment for unbilled fees and expenses incurred through the Confirmation Date, the Professionals shall estimate their Accrued Professional Compensation Claims before and as of the Effective Date, taking into account any prior payments, and shall deliver such estimate to the Debtors no later than five calendar days prior to the anticipated Effective Date, as shall be indicated by the Debtors to such Professionals in writing as soon as reasonably practicable following Confirmation of the Plan; provided, however, that such estimate shall not be considered an admission with respect to the fees and expenses of such Professional and such Professionals are not bound to any extent by the estimates.  If a Professional does not provide an estimate, the Debtors, in consultation with the Required Lenders, may estimate a reasonable amount of unbilled fees and expenses of such Professional, taking into account any prior payments; provided, however, that such estimate shall not be binding or considered an admission with respect to the fees and expenses of such Professional.  The total amount so estimated shall comprise the Professional Fee Escrow Amount.  To the extent that any Accrued Professional Compensation Claims are satisfied after the funding of the Professional Fee Escrow Account with funds outside the Professional Fee Escrow Account, the Professional Fee Escrow Amount shall be reduced by the amount of such funds and such amount shall be returned as soon as practicable to the Debtors or Reorganized Debtors, as applicable.
 
C.  
Post-Confirmation Date Fees and Expenses.
 
From and after the Confirmation Date, the Debtors or Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, may, in the ordinary course of business and without any further notice to or action, order, or approval of the Bankruptcy Court, pay in Cash the reasonable legal, professional, or other fees and expenses of Professionals that have been formally retained in accordance with sections 327, 363, or 1103 of the Bankruptcy Code before the Confirmation Date; provided that (a) such fees relate to the implementation and Consummation of the Plan incurred by the Debtors through and including the Effective Date, (b) Professionals that charge on an hourly basis may only charge at their standard hourly rate, (c) Professionals that charge on a monthly basis may only charge at the monthly rate previously approved by the Bankruptcy Court, and (d) any success fee must be approved the Bankruptcy Court.  For the avoidance of doubt, the foregoing provision shall not apply to the payment of any fees and expenses of professionals that have not been formally retained by the Debtors or a Committee before the Confirmation Date.
 
D.  
DIP Facility Claims.
 
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, and subject to the terms of the DIP Facility, in full and final satisfaction, settlement, release, and discharge of and in exchange for release of all DIP Facility Claims, on the Effective Date, the DIP Facility Claims shall be paid in full and in Cash.
 
E.  
Priority Tax Claims.
 
Except to the extent that a Holder of an Allowed Priority Tax Claim agrees to a less favorable treatment, in full and final satisfaction, settlement, release, and discharge of and in exchange for each Allowed Priority Tax Claim, each Holder of such Allowed Priority Tax Claim shall be treated in accordance with the terms set forth in section 1129(a)(9)(C) of the Bankruptcy Code.
 
 
11

 
F.            Statutory Fees.
 
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, on the Effective Date, the Debtors shall pay, in full in Cash, any fees due and owing to the U.S. Trustee and shall provide pre-Confirmation monthly operating reports due at the time of Confirmation.  On and after the Effective Date, Reorganized GSE Environmental Inc. shall pay the applicable U.S. Trustee fees and shall provide post-Confirmation quarterly reports for each of the Reorganized Debtors until the entry of a Final Decree in each such Debtor’s Chapter 11 Case or until each such Chapter 11 Case is converted or dismissed.
 
ARTICLE III.
CLASSIFICATION AND TREATMENT OF CLAIMS AND INTERESTS
 
A.  
Classification of Claims and Interests.
 
Claims and Interests, except for Administrative Claims, DIP Facility Claims, and Priority Tax Claims, are classified in the Classes set forth in this Article III.  A Claim or Interest is classified in a particular Class only to the extent that the Claim or Interest qualifies within the description of that Class and is classified in other Classes to the extent that any portion of the Claim or Interest qualifies within the description of such other Classes.  A Claim or Interest also is classified in a particular Class for the purpose of receiving distributions pursuant to the Plan only to the extent that such Claim is an Allowed Claim in that Class and has not been paid, released, or otherwise satisfied prior to the Effective Date.
 
1. Class Identification.
 
The classification of Claims and Interests against the Debtors pursuant to the Plan is as follows:
 
Class
Claims and Interests
Status
Voting Rights
Class 1
Other Priority Claims
Unimpaired
Not Entitled to Vote (Presumed to Accept)
Class 2
Other Secured Claims
Unimpaired
Not Entitled to Vote (Presumed to Accept)
Class 3
First Lien Loan Claims
Impaired
Entitled to Vote
Class 4
Qualified Unsecured Trade Claims
Impaired
Entitled to Vote
Class 5
General Unsecured Claims
Impaired
Entitled to Vote
Class 6
Section 510(b) Claims
Impaired
Not Entitled to Vote (Deemed to Reject)
Class 7
Intercompany Claims
Unimpaired
Not Entitled to Vote (Presumed to Accept/Deemed to Reject)
Class 8
Intercompany Interests
Unimpaired
Not Entitled to Vote (Presumed to Accept/Deemed to Reject)
Class 9
Parent Equity Interests
Impaired
Not Entitled to Vote (Deemed to Reject)
 
B.  
Treatment of Claims and Interests.
 
1. Class 1 - Other Priority Claims.
 
(a)  
Classification:  Class 1 consists of all Other Priority Claims against the Debtors.
 
 
12

 
(b)  
Treatment:  Except to the extent that a Holder of an Allowed Claim in Class 1 agrees to a less favorable treatment, in full and final satisfaction, settlement, release, and discharge of and in exchange for each Allowed Claim in Class 1, each such Holder shall be paid in full in Cash by the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, in the ordinary course of business.
 
(c)  
Voting:  Class 1 is Unimpaired under the Plan.  Holders of Claims in Class 1 are conclusively presumed to have accepted the Plan pursuant to section 1126(f) of the Bankruptcy Code.  Therefore, such Holders are not entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan.
 
2. Class 2 - Other Secured Claims.
 
(a)  
Classification:  Class 2 consists of all Other Secured Claims against the Debtors.
 
(b)  
Treatment:  Except to the extent that a Holder of an Allowed Claim in Class 2 agrees to a less favorable treatment, in full and final satisfaction, settlement, release, and discharge of and in exchange for each Allowed Claim in Class 2, each such Claim shall, at the sole option of the applicable Debtor; provided, however, that any Holder of an Allowed Claim in Class 2 to be satisfied pursuant to Article III.B.2(b)(i) herein shall require the consent of the Required Lenders:
 
(i)  
be paid in full in Cash, including the payment of any interest required to be paid under section 506(b) of the Bankruptcy Code, on the Effective Date or as soon thereafter as reasonably practicable or, if payment is not then due, in accordance with the payment terms of any applicable agreement;
 
(ii)  
receive the collateral securing any such Allowed Other Secured Claim and be paid any interest required to be paid under section 506(b) of the Bankruptcy Code on the Effective Date or as soon thereafter as reasonably practicable; or
 
(iii)  
otherwise be treated in any other manner such that the Allowed Other Secured Claim shall be rendered Unimpaired on the later of the Effective Date and the date on which such Other Secured Claim becomes an Allowed Other Secured Claim or as soon as reasonably practicable thereafter.
 
(c)  
Voting:  Class 2 is Unimpaired under the Plan.  Holders of Claims in Class 2 are conclusively presumed to have accepted the Plan pursuant to section 1126(f) of the Bankruptcy Code.  Therefore, such Holders are not entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan.
 
 
13

 
3. Class 3 - First Lien Loan Claims.
 
(a)  
Classification:  Class 3 consists of all First Lien Loan Claims against the Debtors.
 
(b)  
Allowance:  Class 3 Claims are Allowed in the aggregate principal amount of $173,395,995, plus any accrued but unpaid interest thereon payable thereon, as calculated in accordance with the First Lien Credit Agreement.
 
(c)  
Treatment:  On the Effective Date, except to the extent that a Holder of a First Lien Loan Claim agrees to less favorable treatment of its Allowed First Lien Loan Claim, each Holder of an Allowed First Lien Loan Claim against the Debtors shall receive its Pro Rata share of 100% of the New Equity received from GSE Environmental, Inc. on the Effective Date (subject to dilution by amounts reserved pursuant to the Management Equity Incentive Plan) in exchange for its Claim.
 
(d)  
Voting:  Class 3 is Impaired under the Plan.  Each Holder of a First Lien Loan Claim is entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan.
 
4. Class 4 - Qualified Unsecured Trade Claims.
 
(a)  
Classification:  Class 4 consists of all Qualified Unsecured Trade Claims against the Debtors.
 
(b)  
Treatment:  Except to the extent that a Holder of an Allowed Qualified Unsecured Trade Claim agrees to less favorable treatment, in exchange for full and final satisfaction, settlement, release and discharge of each Allowed Qualified Unsecured Trade Claim, each Holder of an Allowed Qualified Unsecured Trade Claim shall receive payment in full on account of such Qualified Unsecured Trade Claim upon the later of (i) the Effective Date and (ii) the date such Allowed Qualified Unsecured Trade Claim comes due in the ordinary course of business in accordance with the terms of any agreement that governs such Allowed Qualified Unsecured Trade Claim or in accordance with the course of practice between the Debtors and such Holder with respect to such Allowed Qualified Unsecured Trade Claim to the extent such Allowed Qualified Unsecured Trade Claim is not otherwise satisfied or waived on or before the Effective Date; provided, however, that Holders of Qualified Unsecured Trade Claims are not entitled to postpetition interest, late fees or penalties on account of such Claims.
 
(c)  
Voting:  Class 4 is Impaired under the Plan.  Each Holder of a Qualified Unsecured Trade Claim is entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan.
 
5. Class 5 – General Unsecured Claims.
 
(a)  
Classification:  Class 5 consists of all General Unsecured Claims against the Debtors.
 
(b)  
Treatment:  Except to the extent that a Holder of a General Unsecured Claim agrees to less favorable treatment of its Allowed General Unsecured Claim or has been paid prior to the Effective Date, each Allowed General Unsecured Claim, in exchange for full and final satisfaction, settlement, release and discharge of the General Unsecured Claims, shall receive its Pro Rata share (calculated with reference to all Allowed General Unsecured Claims) of the General Unsecured Claims Recovery Pool. The Debtors reserve the right to challenge the legal basis and amount of any General Unsecured Claim.
 
(c)  
Voting:  Class 5 is Impaired under the Plan.  Each Holder of a General Unsecured Claim is entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan.
 
 
14

 
6. Class 6 - Section 510(b) Claims.
 
(a)  
Classification:  Class 6 consists of all Section 510(b) Claims.
 
(b)  
Treatment:  On the Effective Date, all Claims in Class 6 shall be cancelled without any distribution.
 
(c)  
Voting:  Class 6 is Impaired under the Plan.  Holders of Claims in Class 6 are conclusively presumed to have rejected the Plan pursuant to section 1126(g) of the Bankruptcy Code.  Therefore, such Holders are not entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan.
 
7. Class 7 - Intercompany Claims.
 
(a)  
Classification:  Class 7 consists of all Intercompany Claims.
 
(b)  
Treatment:  Intercompany Claims may be Reinstated as of the Effective Date or, at the Debtors’ or the Reorganized Debtors’ option, with the written approval of the Required Lenders, be cancelled, and no distribution shall be made on account of such Claims.
 
(c)  
Voting:  Holders of Class 7 Intercompany Claims are either Unimpaired, and such Holders of Class 7 Intercompany Interests conclusively are presumed to have accepted the Plan pursuant to section 1126(f) of the Bankruptcy Code, or Impaired, and such Holders of Class 7 Intercompany Claims are deemed to have rejected the Plan pursuant to section 1126(g) of the Bankruptcy Code.  Therefore, Holders of Class 7 Intercompany Claims are not entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan.
 
8. Class 8 - Intercompany Interests.
 
(a)  
Classification:  Class 8 consists of all Intercompany Interests.
 
(b)  
Treatment:  Intercompany Interests may be Reinstated as of the Effective Date or, at the Debtors’ or the Reorganized Debtors’ option, be cancelled, and no distribution shall be made on account of such Interests.
 
(c)  
Voting:  Holders of Class 8 Intercompany Interests are either Unimpaired, and such Holders of Class 8 Intercompany Interests conclusively are presumed to have accepted the Plan pursuant to section 1126(f) of the Bankruptcy Code, or Impaired, and such Holders of Class 8 Intercompany Interests are deemed to have rejected the Plan pursuant to section 1126(g) of the Bankruptcy Code.  Therefore, Holders of Class 8 Intercompany Interests are not entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan.
 
9.  
Class 9 - Parent Equity Interests.
 
(a)  
Classification:  Class 9 consists of the Parent Equity Interests.
 
(b)  
Treatment:  On the Effective Date, the Parent Equity Interests shall be deemed canceled and extinguished, and shall be of no further force and effect, whether surrendered for cancelation or otherwise, and there shall be no distribution to holders of Parent Equity Interests on account of such Parent Equity Interests.
 
(c)  
Voting:  Class 9 is Impaired under the Plan.  Holders of Claims in Class 9 are conclusively presumed to have rejected the Plan pursuant to section 1126(g) of the Bankruptcy Code.  Therefore, such Holders are not entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan.
 
C.  
Special Provision Governing Unimpaired Claims.
 
Except as otherwise provided in the Plan, nothing under the Plan shall affect the Debtors’ rights in respect of any Unimpaired Claims, including, all rights in respect of legal and equitable defenses to or setoffs or recoupment against any such Unimpaired Claims.
 
 
15

 
D.  
Acceptance or Rejection of the Plan.
 
1. Voting Classes.
 
Class 3, 4, and 5 are Impaired under the Plan.  Each Holder of a Claim or Interest in such Classes is entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan.
 
2. Presumed Acceptance of the Plan.
 
Classes 1, 2, 7, and 8 are Unimpaired under the Plan.  Each Holder of a Claim or Interest in such Classes is presumed to have accepted the Plan pursuant to section 1126(f) of the Bankruptcy Code and is not entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan; provided, however, that to the extent Class 7 Intercompany Claims and Class 8 Intercompany Interests are cancelled,  each Holder of a Claim or Interest in Class 7 or 8 is deemed to reject the Plan pursuant to section 1126(g) of the Bankruptcy Code and is not entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan.
 
3. Presumed Rejection of Plan.
 
Classes 6, 7, 8, and 9 are Impaired and shall receive no distribution under the Plan.  Each Holder of a Claim or Interest in such Classes is deemed to have rejected the Plan pursuant to section 1126(g) of the Bankruptcy Code and is not entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan; provided, however, that to the extent Class 7 Intercompany Claims and Class 8 Intercompany Interests are Reinstated,  each Holder of a Claim or Interest in Class 7 or 8 is presumed to have accepted the Plan pursuant to section 1126(f) of the Bankruptcy Code and is not entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan.
 
E.  
Confirmation Pursuant to Sections 1129(a)(10) and 1129(b) of the Bankruptcy Code.
 
Section 1129(a)(10) of the Bankruptcy Code shall be satisfied for purposes of Confirmation by acceptance of the Plan by an Impaired Class of Claims.  The Debtors shall seek Confirmation of the Plan pursuant to section 1129(b) of the Bankruptcy Code with respect to any rejecting Class of Claims.
 
F.  
Controversy Concerning Impairment.
 
If a controversy arises as to whether any Claims or Interests, or any Class of Claims or Interests, are Impaired, the Bankruptcy Court shall, after notice and a hearing, determine such controversy on or before the Confirmation Date.
 
G.  
Elimination of Vacant Classes.
 
Any Class of Claims or Interests that does not have a Holder of an Allowed Claim or Allowed Interest or a Claim or Interest temporarily Allowed by the Bankruptcy Court in an amount greater than zero as of the date of the Confirmation Hearing shall be considered vacant and deemed eliminated from the Plan for purposes of voting to accept or reject the Plan and for purposes of determining acceptance or rejection of the Plan by such Class pursuant to section 1129(a)(8) of the Bankruptcy Code.
 
H.  
Subordinated Claims.
 
The allowance, classification, and treatment of all Allowed Claims and Allowed Interests and the respective distributions and treatments under the Plan take into account and conform to the relative priority and rights of the Claims and Interests in each Class in connection with any contractual, legal, and equitable subordination rights relating thereto, whether arising under general principles of equitable subordination, section 510(b) of the Bankruptcy Code, or otherwise.  Pursuant to section 510 of the Bankruptcy Code, the Reorganized Debtors reserve the right to re-classify any Allowed Claim or Interest in accordance with any contractual, legal, or equitable subordination relating thereto.
 
 
16

 
I.  
Intercompany Interests.
 
To the extent Reinstated under the Plan, distributions on account of Intercompany Interests are not being received by Holders of such Intercompany Interests on account of their Intercompany Interests but for the purposes of administrative convenience, for the ultimate benefit of the Holders of New Equity, and in exchange for the Debtors’ and Reorganized Debtors’ agreement under the Plan to make certain distributions to the Holders of Allowed Claims.  For the avoidance of doubt, all Interests in the Non-Filers shall continue to be owned by the Reorganized GSE Environmental, Inc.
 
ARTICLE IV.
MEANS FOR IMPLEMENTATION OF THE PLAN
 
A.  
General Settlement of Claims and Interests.
 
As discussed in detail in the Disclosure Statement and as otherwise provided herein, pursuant to section 1123 of the Bankruptcy Code and Bankruptcy Rule 9019, and in consideration for the classification, distributions, releases, and other benefits provided under the Plan, upon the Effective Date, the provisions of the Plan shall constitute a good faith compromise and settlement of all Claims and Interests and controversies resolved pursuant to the Plan.  Subject to Article VI hereof, all distributions made to Holders of Allowed Claims and Holders of Allowed Interests in any Class are intended to be and shall be final.
 
B.  
Restructuring Transactions.
 
On or after the Effective Date, the Debtors or Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, shall enter into the Restructuring Transactions, including those described in the Restructuring Transactions Memorandum, and shall take any actions as may be necessary or appropriate to effect a restructuring of the overall corporate structure of the Reorganized Debtors, as and to the extent provided therein.  The Restructuring Transactions may include one or more inter-company mergers, consolidations, amalgamations, arrangements, continuances, restructurings, conversions, dissolutions, transfers, liquidations, or other corporate transactions as may be determined by the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, to be necessary or appropriate.  The actions to effect the Restructuring Transactions may include:  (1) the execution and delivery of appropriate agreements or other documents of merger, amalgamation, consolidation, restructuring, conversion, disposition, transfer, arrangement, continuance, dissolution, sale, purchase, or liquidation containing terms that are consistent with the terms of the Plan and that satisfy the applicable requirements of applicable law and any other terms to which the applicable Entities may agree; (2) the execution and delivery of appropriate instruments of transfer, assignment, assumption, or delegation of any asset, property, right, liability, debt, or obligation on terms consistent with the terms of the Plan and having other terms for which the applicable parties agree; (3) the filing of appropriate certificates or articles of incorporation, reincorporation, merger, consolidation, conversion, amalgamation, arrangement, continuance, or dissolution pursuant to applicable state or provincial law; and (4) all other actions that the applicable Entities determine to be necessary or appropriate, including making filings or recordings that may be required by applicable law in connection with the Restructuring Transactions.
 
C.  
Reorganized GSE Environmental, Inc.
 
On the Effective Date, the New Board of Reorganized GSE Environmental, Inc. shall be established, and Reorganized GSE Environmental, Inc. shall adopt its New Organizational Documents.  The Reorganized Debtors shall be authorized to implement the Restructuring Transactions and adopt any other agreements, documents, and instruments and to take any other actions contemplated under the Plan as necessary or desirable to consummate the Plan.
 
D.  
Existing Letters of Credit.
 
The Company will, with respect to each First Lien Credit Agreement Existing Letters of Credit, (i) use commercially reasonable efforts to cause each beneficiary thereof to accept a replacement letter of credit issued under the Exit Facility or (ii) provide the issuing bank with a backstop letter of credit under the Exit Facility or cash collateral.
 
 
17

 
E.  
Sources of Consideration for Plan Distributions.
 
The Reorganized Debtors shall fund distributions under the Plan with Cash on hand, including Cash from operations.
 
1. Exit Facility.
 
On the Effective Date, the Reorganized Debtors will consummate the Exit Facility.  The Reorganized Debtors shall use proceeds of the Exit Facility to fund ongoing operations and obligations under the Plan, including to pay or refinance the DIP Facility Claims, and fund the General Unsecured Claims Recovery Pool.
 
2. Intercompany Account Settlement.
 
The Debtors and the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, shall be entitled to transfer funds between and among themselves as they determine to be necessary or appropriate to enable the Reorganized Debtors to satisfy their obligations under the Plan.  Except as set forth herein, any changes in intercompany account balances resulting from such transfers will be accounted for and settled in accordance with the Debtors’ historical intercompany account settlement practices and will not violate the terms of the Plan.
 
3. Issuance of New Equity.
 
The issuance of the New Equity, including options, or other equity awards, if any, reserved for the Management Equity Incentive Plan, by Reorganized GSE Holding, Inc. is authorized without the need for any further corporate action or without any further action by the Holders of Claims or Interests.
 
All of the shares of New Equity issued pursuant to the Plan shall be duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid, and non-assessable.  Each distribution and issuance referred to in Article VI hereof shall be governed by the terms and conditions set forth in the Plan applicable to such distribution or issuance and by the terms and conditions of the instruments evidencing or relating to such distribution or issuance, which terms and conditions shall bind each Entity receiving such distribution or issuance.
 
4. Issuance of the General Unsecured Claims Recovery Pool.
 
On the Effective Date the Reorganized Debtors will distribute $1,000,000 million in Cash into the General Unsecured Claims Recovery Pool to be held in trust for the benefit of holders of Allowed General Unsecured Claims.
 
F.  
Corporate Existence.
 
Except as otherwise provided in the Plan, each Debtor shall continue to exist after the Effective Date as a separate corporation, limited liability company, partnership, or other form of entity, as the case may be, with all the powers of a corporation, limited liability company, partnership, or other form of entity, as the case may be, pursuant to the applicable law in the jurisdiction in which each applicable Debtor is incorporated or formed and pursuant to the respective certificate of incorporation and bylaws (or other similar formation documents) in effect prior to the Effective Date, except to the extent such certificate of incorporation and bylaws (or other similar formation documents) are amended under the Plan or otherwise, and to the extent such documents are amended, such documents are deemed to be amended pursuant to the Plan and require no further action or approval (other than any requisite filings required under applicable state, provincial, or federal law).
 
 
18

 
G.  
Vesting of Assets in the Reorganized Debtors.
 
Except as otherwise provided in the Plan or any agreement, instrument, or other document incorporated in the Plan, on the Effective Date, all property in each Estate, all Causes of Action, and any property acquired by any of the Debtors pursuant to the Plan shall vest in each respective Reorganized Debtor, free and clear of all Liens, Claims, charges, or other encumbrances.  On and after the Effective Date, except as otherwise provided in the Plan, each Reorganized Debtor may operate its business and may use, acquire, or dispose of property and compromise or settle any Claims, Interests, or Causes of Action without supervision or approval by the Bankruptcy Court and free of any restrictions of the Bankruptcy Code or Bankruptcy Rules.
 
H.  
Cancellation of Securities and Agreements.
 
On the Effective Date, except as otherwise specifically provided for in the Plan:  (1) the obligations of the Debtors under the First Lien Credit Agreement, and any other Certificate, Equity Security, share, note, bond, indenture, purchase right, option, warrant, or other instrument or document directly or indirectly evidencing or creating any indebtedness or obligation of or ownership interest in the Debtors giving rise to any Claim or Interest (except such Certificates, notes, or other instruments or documents evidencing indebtedness or obligation of or ownership interest in the Debtors that are Reinstated pursuant to the Plan), shall be cancelled solely as to the Debtors and their Affiliates, and the Reorganized Debtors shall not have any continuing obligations thereunder; and (2) the obligations of the Debtors and their Affiliates pursuant, relating, or pertaining to any agreements, indentures, certificates of designation, bylaws, or certificate or articles of incorporation or similar documents governing the shares, Certificates, notes, bonds, indentures, purchase rights, options, warrants, or other instruments or documents evidencing or creating any indebtedness or obligation of or ownership interest in the Debtors (except such agreements, Certificates, notes, or other instruments evidencing indebtedness or obligation of or ownership interest in the Debtors that are specifically Reinstated pursuant to the Plan) shall be released and discharged; provided, however, that notwithstanding Confirmation or Consummation, any such indenture or agreement that governs the rights of the Holder of a Claim shall continue in effect solely for purposes of allowing Holders to receive distributions under the Plan; provided further, however, that the preceding proviso shall not affect the discharge of Claims or Interests pursuant to the Bankruptcy Code, the Confirmation Order, or the Plan, or result in any expense or liability to the Reorganized Debtors; provided further, however, that the foregoing shall not affect the cancellation of shares issued pursuant to the Restructuring Transactions nor any other shares held by one Debtor in the capital of another Debtor.
 
I.  
Corporate Action.
 
Upon the Effective Date, all actions contemplated under the Plan shall be deemed authorized and approved in all respects, including:  (1)  selection of the directors and officers for the Reorganized Debtors; (2) the distribution of the New Equity; (3) implementation of the Restructuring Transactions as set forth in the Restructuring Transactions Memorandum; (4) execution of the Exit Facility; and (5) all other actions contemplated under the Plan (whether to occur before, on, or after the Effective Date).  All matters provided for in the Plan involving the corporate structure of the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, and any corporate action required by the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors in connection with the Plan shall be deemed to have occurred and shall be in effect, without any requirement of further action by the security holders, directors or officers of the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors.  On or (as applicable) prior to the Effective Date, the appropriate officers of the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, shall be authorized and (as applicable) directed to issue, execute, and deliver the agreements, documents, securities, and instruments contemplated under the Plan (or necessary or desirable to effect the transactions contemplated under the Plan) in the name of and on behalf of the Reorganized Debtors, including the Exit Facility and any and all other agreements, documents, securities, and instruments relating to the foregoing.  The authorizations and approvals contemplated by this Article IV.I shall be effective notwithstanding any requirements under non-bankruptcy law.  The issuance of the New Equity shall be exempt from the requirements of section 16(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (pursuant to Rule 16b-3 promulgated thereunder) with respect to any acquisition of such securities by an officer or director (or a director deputized for purposes thereof) as of the Effective Date.
 
 
19

 
J.  
New Organizational Documents.
 
On or immediately prior to the Effective Date, each of the Reorganized Debtors will file its New Organizational Documents with the applicable Secretaries of State and/or other applicable authorities in its respective state, province, or country of incorporation in accordance with the corporate laws of the respective state, province, or country of incorporation.  Pursuant to section 1123(a)(6) of the Bankruptcy Code, the New Organizational Documents will prohibit the issuance of non-voting equity securities.  After the Effective Date, the Reorganized Debtors may amend and restate their respective New Organizational Documents and other constituent documents as permitted by the laws of their respective state, province, or country of incorporation and their respective New Organizational Documents.
 
K.  
Key Employee Obligations.
 
The Key Employee Plan shall be assumed by the Reorganized Debtors and shall remain in place after the Effective Date and all Key Employee Plan Obligations shall be an obligation of the Reorganized Debtors to the extent not already paid as of the Effective Date; provided, however, that the aggregate cost of such Key Employee Plans shall not exceed $1.39 million.
 
L.  
Directors, Managers, and Officers of the Reorganized Debtors.
 
As of the Effective Date, the term of the current members of the board of directors of the Debtors shall expire, and the initial boards of directors, including the New Boards, and the officers of each of the Reorganized Debtors shall be appointed in accordance with the respective New Organizational Documents.  Pursuant to section 1129(a)(5) of the Bankruptcy Code, the Debtors will disclose in advance of the Confirmation Hearing the identity and affiliations of any Person proposed to serve on the initial board of directors or be an officer of any of the Reorganized Debtors.  To the extent any such director or officer of the Reorganized Debtors is an “insider” under the Bankruptcy Code, the Debtors also will disclose the nature of any compensation to be paid to such director or officer.  Each such director and officer shall serve from and after the Effective Date pursuant to the terms of the New Organizational Documents and other constituent documents of the Reorganized Debtors.
 
M.  
Effectuating Documents; Further Transactions.
 
On and after the Effective Date, the Reorganized Debtors, and the officers and members of the boards of directors thereof, are authorized to and may issue, execute, deliver, file, or record such contracts, Securities, instruments, releases, and other agreements or documents and take such actions as may be necessary or appropriate to effectuate, implement, and further evidence the terms and conditions of the Plan, the Restructuring Transactions, and the Securities issued pursuant to the Plan in the name of and on behalf of the Reorganized Debtors, without the need for any approvals, authorization, or consents except for those expressly required pursuant to the Plan.
 
N.  
Section 1146 Exemption.
 
Pursuant to section 1146 of the Bankruptcy Code, any transfers of property pursuant hereto shall not be subject to any document recording tax, stamp tax, conveyance fee, intangibles or similar tax, mortgage tax, stamp act, real estate transfer tax, mortgage recording tax, or other similar tax or governmental assessment, and upon entry of the Confirmation Order, the appropriate state or local governmental officials or agents shall forgo the collection of any such tax or governmental assessment and accept for filing and recordation any of the foregoing instruments or other documents without the payment of any such tax, recordation fee, or governmental assessment.
 
O.  
Director and Officer Liability Insurance.
 
Before the Petition Date, the Debtors obtained reasonably sufficient tail coverage (i.e., director and officer insurance coverage that extends beyond the end of the policy period) under a directors and officers’ liability insurance policy for the current and former directors, officers and managers.  After the Effective Date, the Reorganized Debtors shall not terminate or otherwise reduce the coverage under such tail coverage liability insurance in effect and all members, managers, directors and officers of the Debtors who served in such capacity at any time prior to the Effective Date of the Plan shall be entitled to the full benefits of any such policy for the full term of such policy regardless of whether such members, managers, directors, and/or officers remain in such positions after the Effective Date of the Plan.
 
 
20

 
P.  
Management Equity Incentive Plan.
 
On the Effective Date, a percentage of the New Equity acceptable to the Required Lenders shall be reserved for issuance as grants of stock, restricted stock, options, or stock appreciation rights or similar equity awards to management and employees in connection with the Management Equity Incentive Plan.
 
Q.  
Employee and Retiree Benefits.
 
All employment, retirement, indemnification, and other agreements or arrangements in place as of the Effective Date with the Debtors’ and the Non-Filers’ non-insider officers or employees, or retirement income plans and welfare benefit plans for such persons, or discretionary bonus plans or variable incentive plans regarding payment of a percentage of annual salary based on performance goals and financial targets for certain employees, shall be assumed by the Reorganized Debtors and shall remain in place after the Effective Date, as may be amended by agreement between the beneficiaries of such agreements, plans, or arrangements, on the one hand, and the Debtors and the Required Lenders, on the other hand, or, after the Effective Date, by agreement with the Reorganized Debtors, and the Reorganized Debtors will continue to honor such agreements, arrangements, programs, and plans; provided, however, that the foregoing shall not apply to (i) any equity-based compensation, agreement, or arrangement existing as of the Effective Date or (ii) any employment, retirement, indemnification or other agreements or arrangements with the Debtors’ and the Non-filers officers, key leaders, top level managers, or directors. Nothing in the Plan shall limit, diminish, or otherwise alter the Reorganized Debtors’ defenses, claims, Causes of Action, or other rights with respect to any such contracts, agreements, policies, programs, and plans.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, pursuant to section 1129(a)(13) of the Bankruptcy Code, on and after the Effective Date, all retiree benefits (as that term is defined in section 1114 of the Bankruptcy Code), if any, shall continue to be paid in accordance with applicable law.
 
R.  
Preservation of Causes of Action.
 
In accordance with section 1123(b) of the Bankruptcy Code, but subject to Article IV.R hereof, the Reorganized Debtors shall retain and may enforce all rights to commence and pursue, as appropriate, any and all Causes of Action, whether arising before or after the Petition Date, including any actions specifically enumerated in the Plan Supplement, and the Reorganized Debtors’ rights to commence, prosecute, or settle such Causes of Action shall be preserved notwithstanding the occurrence of the Effective Date.  The Reorganized Debtors may pursue such Causes of Action, as appropriate, in accordance with the best interests of the Reorganized Debtors.  No Entity may rely on the absence of a specific reference in the Plan, the Plan Supplement, or the Disclosure Statement to any Cause of Action against it as any indication that the Debtors or Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, will not pursue any and all available Causes of Action against it.  The Debtors or Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, expressly reserve all rights to prosecute any and all Causes of Action against any Entity, except as otherwise expressly provided in the Plan.  Unless any Causes of Action against an Entity are expressly waived, relinquished, exculpated, released, compromised, or settled in the Plan or a Bankruptcy Court order, the Reorganized Debtors expressly reserve all Causes of Action, for later adjudication, and, therefore, no preclusion doctrine, including the doctrines of res judicata, collateral estoppel, issue preclusion, claim preclusion, estoppel (judicial, equitable, or otherwise), or laches, shall apply to such Causes of Action upon, after, or as a consequence of the Confirmation or Consummation.
 
In accordance with section 1123(b)(3) of the Bankruptcy Code, any Causes of Action that a Debtor may hold against any Entity shall vest in the Reorganized Debtors.  The applicable Reorganized Debtors, through their authorized agents or representatives, shall retain and may exclusively enforce any and all such Causes of Action.  The Reorganized Debtors shall have the exclusive right, authority, and discretion to determine and to initiate, file, prosecute, enforce, abandon, settle, compromise, release, withdraw, or litigate to judgment any such Causes of Action and to decline to do any of the foregoing without the consent or approval of any third party or further notice to or action, order, or approval of the Bankruptcy Court.
 
 
21

 
ARTICLE V.
TREATMENT OF EXECUTORY CONTRACTS AND UNEXPIRED LEASES
 
A.  
Rejection of Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases.
 
On the Effective Date, except as otherwise provided herein, all Executory Contracts or Unexpired Leases will be deemed rejected in accordance with the provisions and requirements of sections 365 and 1123 of the Bankruptcy Code.  Entry of the Confirmation Order by the Bankruptcy Court shall constitute approval of such rejections pursuant to sections 365(a) and 1123 of the Bankruptcy Code.  Each Executory Contract and Unexpired Lease assumed by any order of the Bankruptcy Court, which has not been assigned to a third party prior to the Confirmation Date, shall revest in and be fully enforceable by the Reorganized Debtors in accordance with its terms, except as such terms are modified by the provisions of the Plan or any order of the Bankruptcy Court authorizing and providing for its assumption under applicable federal law.
 
B.  
Cure of Defaults for Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases Assumed.
 
Any monetary defaults under each Executory Contract and Unexpired Lease to be assumed pursuant to the Plan shall be satisfied, pursuant to section 365(b)(1) of the Bankruptcy Code, by payment of the default amount in Cash on the Effective Date or in the ordinary course of business, subject to the limitation described below, or on such other terms as the parties to such Executory Contracts or Unexpired Leases may otherwise agree.  In the event of a dispute regarding: (1) the amount of any payments to cure such a default; (2) the ability of the Reorganized Debtors or any assignee to provide “adequate assurance of future performance” (within the meaning of section 365 of the Bankruptcy Code) under the Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease to be assumed; or (3) any other matter pertaining to assumption, the cure payments required by section 365(b)(1) of the Bankruptcy Code shall be made following the entry of a Final Order or orders resolving the dispute and approving the assumption.
 
Assumption of any Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease pursuant to the Plan or otherwise shall result in the full release and satisfaction of any Claims or defaults, whether monetary or nonmonetary, including defaults of provisions restricting the change in control or ownership interest composition or other bankruptcy-related defaults, arising under any assumed Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease at any time prior to the effective date of assumption.  Any Proofs of Claim filed with respect to an Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease that has been assumed shall be deemed disallowed and expunged, without further notice to or action, order, or approval of the Bankruptcy Court.
 
C.  
Modifications, Amendments, Supplements, Restatements, or Other Agreements.
 
Unless otherwise provided in the Plan, each Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease that is assumed shall include all modifications, amendments, supplements, restatements, or other agreements that in any manner affect such Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease, and all Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases related thereto, if any, including all easements, licenses, permits, rights, privileges, immunities, options, rights of first refusal, and any other interests, unless any of the foregoing agreements has been previously rejected or repudiated or is rejected or repudiated under the Plan.
 
Modifications, amendments, supplements, and restatements to prepetition Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases that have been executed by the Debtors during the Chapter 11 Cases shall not be deemed to alter the prepetition nature of the Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease, or the validity, priority, or amount of any Claims that may arise in connection therewith.
 
D.  
Reservation of Rights.
 
Nothing contained in the Plan, shall constitute an admission by the Debtors that any Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease is in fact an Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease or that any of the Reorganized Debtors has any liability thereunder.  If there is a dispute regarding whether a contract or lease is or was executory or unexpired at the time of assumption or rejection, the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, shall have 30 days following entry of a Final Order resolving such dispute to alter their treatment of such contract or lease.
 
 
22

 
E.  
Nonoccurrence of Effective Date.
 
In the event that the Effective Date does not occur, the Bankruptcy Court shall retain jurisdiction with respect to any request to extend the deadline for assuming or rejecting Unexpired Leases pursuant to section 365(d)(4) of the Bankruptcy Code.
 
F.  
Contracts and Leases Entered Into After the Petition Date.
 
Contracts and leases entered into after the Petition Date by any Debtor, including any Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases assumed by such Debtor, will be performed by the applicable Debtor or Reorganized Debtor liable thereunder in the ordinary course of its business.  Accordingly, such contracts and leases (including any assumed Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases) will survive and remain unaffected by entry of the Confirmation Order.
 
ARTICLE VI.
PROVISIONS GOVERNING DISTRIBUTIONS
 
A.  
Timing and Calculation of Amounts to Be Distributed.
 
 
Unless otherwise provided in the Plan, on the Effective Date (or if a Claim is not an Allowed Claim or Allowed Interest on the Effective Date, on the date that such Claim or Interest becomes an Allowed Claim or Allowed Interest), each Holder of an Allowed Claim or Allowed Interest shall receive the full amount of the distributions that the Plan provides for Allowed Claims or Allowed Interests in the applicable Class.  In the event that any payment or act under the Plan is required to be made or performed on a date that is not a Business Day, then the making of such payment or the performance of such act may be completed on the next succeeding Business Day, but shall be deemed to have been completed as of the required date.  If and to the extent that there are Disputed Claims or Disputed Interests, distributions on account of any such Disputed Claims or Disputed Interests shall be made pursuant to the provisions set forth in Article VI.D.1 hereof.  Except as otherwise provided in the Plan, Holders of Claims or Interests shall not be entitled to interest, dividends, or accruals on the distributions provided for in the Plan, regardless of whether such distributions are delivered on or at any time after the Effective Date.
 
B.  
Disbursing Agent.
 
All distributions under the Plan shall be made by the Disbursing Agent on the Effective Date.  The Disbursing Agent shall not be required to give any bond or surety or other security for the performance of its duties unless otherwise ordered by the Bankruptcy Court.  Additionally, in the event that the Disbursing Agent is so otherwise ordered, all costs and expenses of procuring any such bond or surety shall be borne by the Reorganized Debtors.
 
C.  
Rights and Powers of Disbursing Agent.
 
1. Powers of the Disbursing Agent.
 
The Disbursing Agent shall be empowered to:  (a) effect all actions and execute all agreements, instruments, and other documents necessary to perform its duties under the Plan; (b) make all distributions contemplated hereby; (c) employ professionals to represent it with respect to its responsibilities; and (d) exercise such other powers as may be vested in the Disbursing Agent by order of the Bankruptcy Court, pursuant to the Plan, or as deemed by the Disbursing Agent to be necessary and proper to implement the provisions hereof.
 
2. Expenses Incurred On or After the Effective Date.
 
Except as otherwise ordered by the Bankruptcy Court, the amount of any reasonable fees and expenses incurred by the Disbursing Agent on or after the Effective Date (including taxes) and any reasonable compensation and expense reimbursement claims (including reasonable attorney fees and expenses) made by the Disbursing Agent shall be paid in Cash by the Reorganized Debtors.
 
 
23

 
D.  
Distributions on Account of Claims Allowed After the Effective Date
 
1. Payments and Distributions on Disputed Claims.
 
Distributions made after the Effective Date to Holders of Disputed Claims that are not Allowed Claims as of the Effective Date but which later become Allowed Claims shall be made on a quarterly basis (to the extent that material distributions exist to be made) and deemed to have been made on the Effective Date; provided that, for the avoidance of doubt, Holders of Disputed Administrative Claims and Disputed Priority Tax Claims that later become Allowed Claims shall be entitled to interest on such Allowed Claims to the extent provided for by the Bankruptcy Code.
 
2. Special Rules for Distributions to Holders of Disputed Claims.
 
Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary in the Plan, no partial payments and no partial distributions shall be made with respect to any Disputed Claim until the Disputed Claim has become an Allowed Claim in its entirety or has otherwise been resolved by settlement or Final Order.
 
E.  
Delivery of Distributions and Undeliverable or Unclaimed Distributions.
 
1. Delivery of Distributions in General.
 
Except as otherwise provided herein, the Reorganized Debtors shall make distributions to Holders of Allowed Claims and Allowed Interests on the Effective Date at the address for each such Holder as indicated on the Debtors’ records as of the date of any such distribution; provided, however, that the manner of such distributions shall be determined at the discretion of the Reorganized Debtors.
 
2. Minimum Distributions.
 
No fractional shares of New Equity shall be distributed, and no Cash shall be distributed in lieu of such fractional amounts.  When any distribution pursuant to the Plan on account of an Allowed Claim or Allowed Interest would otherwise result in the issuance of a number of shares of New Equity that is not a whole number, the actual distribution of shares of New Equity shall be rounded as follows:  (a) fractions of one-half (½) or greater shall be rounded to the next higher whole number and (b) fractions of less than one-half (½) shall be rounded to the next lower whole number with no further payment therefor. The total number of authorized shares of New Equity to be distributed to Holders of Allowed Claims and Allowed Interests shall be adjusted as necessary to account for the foregoing rounding.
 
Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, the Disbursing Agent will not be required to make distributions of Cash less than $50 in value, and each such Claim to which this limitation applies shall be discharged pursuant to Article VIII and its holder is forever barred pursuant to Article VIII from asserting that Claims against the Reorganized Debtors or their property.
 
3. Delivery of Distributions to Disbursing Agent for General Unsecured Claims and Qualified Unsecured Trade Claims.
 
Except as otherwise provided in the Plan, all distributions to holders of Allowed General Unsecured Claims and Allowed Qualified Unsecured Trade Claims shall be deemed completed when made to the Disbursing Agent for General Unsecured Claims and Allowed Qualified Unsecured Trade Claims, who shall be deemed to be the holder of all General Unsecured Claims and Qualified Unsecured Trade Claims for purposes of distributions to be made hereunder.  The Disbursing Agent for General Unsecured Claims shall have the authority to administer the General Unsecured Claims Recovery Pool with respect to General Unsecured Claims, including objecting to and/or resolving General Unsecured Claims.
 
 
24

 
4. Undeliverable Distributions and Unclaimed Property.
 
In the event that any distribution to any Holder is returned as undeliverable, no distribution to such Holder shall be made unless and until the Disbursing Agent has determined the then-current address of such Holder, at which time such distribution shall be made to such Holder without interest; provided, however, that such distributions shall be deemed unclaimed property under section 347(b) of the Bankruptcy Code at the expiration of one year from the Effective Date; provided further, however, that the Debtors shall use commercially reasonable efforts to locate a Holder if any distribution is returned as undeliverable.  After such date, all unclaimed property or interests in property shall revert to the Reorganized Debtors automatically and without need for a further order by the Bankruptcy Court (notwithstanding any applicable federal, provincial or state escheat, abandoned, or unclaimed property laws to the contrary), and the Claim of any Holder to such property or Interest in property shall be discharged and forever barred.
 
F.  
Manner of Payment.
 
1. All distributions of the New Equity to Holders of Claims under the Plan shall be made at the direction of the Disbursing Agent on behalf of the Debtors on the Effective Date.
 
2. All distributions of Cash under the Plan shall be made by the Disbursing Agent on behalf of the applicable Debtor.
 
3. At the option of the Disbursing Agent, any Cash payment to be made hereunder may be made by check or wire transfer or as otherwise required or provided in applicable agreements.
 
G.  
Securities Registration Exemption.
 
Pursuant to section 1145 of the Bankruptcy Code, the offering, issuance, and distribution of the New Equity and New Equity deliverable upon exercise of the Management Equity Incentive Plan, as contemplated by Article III.B hereof to Class 3, shall be exempt from, among other things, the registration requirements of section 5 of the Securities Act and any other applicable law requiring registration prior to the offering, issuance, distribution, or sale of Securities.  In addition, under section 1145 of the Bankruptcy Code, such New Equity will be freely tradable in the U.S. by the recipients thereof, subject to the provisions of section 1145(b)(1) of the Bankruptcy Code relating to the definition of an underwriter in section 2(a)(11) of the Securities Act, and compliance with applicable securities laws and any rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission, if any, applicable at the time of any future transfer of such Securities or instruments and subject to any restrictions in the New Organizational Documents, as applicable.
 
H.  
Compliance with Tax Requirements.
 
In connection with the Plan, to the extent applicable, the Reorganized Debtors shall comply with all tax withholding and reporting requirements imposed on them by any Governmental Unit, and all distributions pursuant to the Plan shall be subject to such withholding and reporting requirements.  Notwithstanding any provision in the Plan to the contrary, the Reorganized Debtors and the Disbursing Agent shall be authorized to take all actions necessary or appropriate to comply with such withholding and reporting requirements, including liquidating a portion of the distribution to be made under the Plan to generate sufficient funds to pay applicable withholding taxes, withholding distributions pending receipt of information necessary to facilitate such distributions, or establishing any other mechanisms they believe are reasonable and appropriate.  The Reorganized Debtors reserve the right to allocate all distributions made under the Plan in compliance with all applicable wage garnishments, alimony, child support, and other spousal awards, liens, and encumbrances.
 
I.  
Allocations.
 
Distributions in respect of Allowed Claims shall be allocated first to the principal amount of such Claims (as determined for federal income tax purposes) and then, to the extent the consideration exceeds the principal amount of the Claims, to any portion of such Claims for accrued but unpaid interest.
 
 
25

 
J.  
No Postpetition Interest on Claims.
 
Unless otherwise specifically provided for in the Plan, the Confirmation Order, or required by applicable bankruptcy law, postpetition interest shall not accrue or be paid on any Claims against the Debtors, and no Holder of a Claim against the Debtors shall be entitled to interest accruing on or after the Petition Date on any such Claim.
 
K.  
Setoffs and Recoupment.
 
The Debtors may, but shall not be required to, setoff against or recoup from any Claims of any nature whatsoever that the Debtors may have against the claimant, but neither the failure to do so nor the allowance of any Claim hereunder shall constitute a waiver or release by the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors of any such Claim it may have against the Holder of such Claim.
 
L.  
Claims Paid or Payable by Third Parties.
 
1. Claims Paid by Third Parties.
 
The Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, shall reduce in full a Claim, and such Claim shall be disallowed without a Claims objection having to be Filed and without any further notice to or action, order, or approval of the Bankruptcy Court, to the extent that the Holder of such Claim receives payment in full on account of such Claim from a party that is not a Debtor or a Reorganized Debtor.  Subject to the last sentence of this paragraph, to the extent a Holder of a Claim receives a distribution on account of such Claim and receives payment from a party that is not a Debtor or a Reorganized Debtor on account of such Claim, such Holder shall, within two weeks of receipt thereof, repay or return the distribution to the applicable Reorganized Debtor, to the extent the Holder’s total recovery on account of such Claim from the third party and under the Plan exceeds the amount of such Claim as of the date of any such distribution under the Plan.  The failure of such Holder to timely repay or return such distribution shall result in the Holder owing the applicable Reorganized Debtor annualized interest at the Federal Judgment Rate on such amount owed for each Business Day after the two-week grace period specified above until the amount is repaid.
 
2. Claims Payable by Third Parties.
 
No distributions under the Plan shall be made on account of an Allowed Claim that is payable pursuant to one of the Debtors’ insurance policies until the Holder of such Allowed Claim has exhausted all remedies with respect to such insurance policy.  To the extent that one or more of the Debtors’ insurers agrees to satisfy in full or in part a Claim (if and to the extent adjudicated by a court of competent jurisdiction), then immediately upon such insurers’ agreement, the applicable portion of such Claim may be expunged without a Claims objection having to be Filed and without any further notice to or action, order, or approval of the Bankruptcy Court.
 
3. Applicability of Insurance Policies.
 
Except as otherwise provided in the Plan, distributions to Holders of Allowed Claims shall be in accordance with the provisions of any applicable insurance policy.  Nothing contained in the Plan shall constitute or be deemed a waiver of any Cause of Action that the Debtors or any Entity may hold against any other Entity, including insurers under any policies of insurance, nor shall anything contained herein constitute or be deemed a waiver by such insurers of any defenses, including coverage defenses, held by such insurers.
 
ARTICLE VII.
PROCEDURES FOR RESOLVING CONTINGENT,
UNLIQUIDATED, AND DISPUTED CLAIMS

 
26

 
A.  
Resolution of Disputed Claims.
 
1. Allowance of Claims.
 
On or after the Effective Date, the Reorganized Debtors shall have and shall retain any and all rights and defenses that the Debtors had with respect to any Claim, except with respect to any Claim Allowed as of the Effective Date.  Except as expressly provided in the Plan or in any order entered in these Chapter 11 Cases prior to the Effective Date (including, without limitation, the Confirmation Order), no Claim shall become an Allowed Claim unless and until such Claim is deemed Allowed under the Plan or the Bankruptcy Code or the Bankruptcy Court has entered a Final Order, including, without limitation, the Confirmation Order, in these Chapter 11 Cases allowing such Claim.
 
2. Prosecution of Objections to Claims.
 
The Reorganized Debtors after the Effective Date shall have the exclusive authority to File, settle, compromise, withdraw, or litigate to judgment objections to any and all Claims.  From and after the Effective Date, the Reorganized Debtors may settle or compromise any Disputed Claim without any further notice to or action, order or approval of the Bankruptcy Court.  From and after the Effective Date, the Reorganized Debtors shall have the sole authority to administer and adjust the Claims Register to reflect any such settlements or compromises without any further notice to or action, order or approval of the Bankruptcy Court.
 
3. Claims Estimation.
 
Prior to and on the Effective Date, the Debtors, and after the Effective Date, the Reorganized Debtors may, at any time, request that the Bankruptcy Court estimate (a) any Disputed Claim pursuant to applicable law and (b) any contingent or unliquidated Claim pursuant to applicable law, including, without limitation, section 502(c) of the Bankruptcy Code, regardless of whether the Debtors have previously objected to such Claim or whether the Bankruptcy Court has ruled on any such objection, and the Bankruptcy Court shall retain jurisdiction under sections 157 and 1334 of the Judicial Code to estimate any Disputed Claim, contingent Claim, or unliquidated Claim, including during the litigation concerning any objection to any Claim or during the pendency of any appeal relating to any such objection.  Notwithstanding any provision otherwise in the Plan, a Claim that has been expunged from the Claims Register but that is subject to appeal or has not been the subject of a Final Order, shall be deemed to be estimated at zero dollars, unless otherwise ordered by the Bankruptcy Court.  In the event that the Bankruptcy Court estimates any Disputed Claim, contingent Claim, or unliquidated Claim, that estimated amount shall constitute either the Allowed amount of such Claim or a maximum limitation on such Claim for all purposes under the Plan, including for purposes of distributions, and the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, may elect to pursue additional objection to the ultimate distribution on account of such Claim.  If the estimated amount constitutes a maximum limitation on such Claim, the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, may elect to pursue any supplemental proceedings to object to any ultimate distribution on account of such Claim.  Notwithstanding section 502(j) of the Bankruptcy Code, in no event shall any Holder of a Claim that has been estimated pursuant to section 502(c) of the Bankruptcy Code or otherwise be entitled to seek reconsideration of such estimation unless such Holder has Filed a motion requesting the right to seek such reconsideration on or before 21 days after the date on which such Claim is estimated.  All of the aforementioned Claims and objection, estimation, and resolution procedures are cumulative and not exclusive of one another.  Claims may be estimated and subsequently compromised, settled, withdrawn, or resolved by any mechanism approved by the Bankruptcy Court.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this paragraph, nothing in this paragraph shall derogate in any way the rights under applicable law, independent of this paragraph, of the Holder of a Disputed Claim with respect to estimation and allowance of, and allocation and holding of any reserves in respect of, the Disputed Claim.
 
4. Expungement or Adjustment to Claims Without Objection.
 
Any Claim that has been paid, satisfied, or superseded may be expunged on the Claims Register by the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, and any Claim that has been amended may be adjusted thereon by the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors in both cases without a Claims objection having to be Filed and without any further notice to or action, order, or approval of the Bankruptcy Court; provided that the Reorganized Debtors shall update the Claims Register regularly to reflect any such changes.
 
 
27

 
5. Deadline to File Objections to Claims.
 
Any objections to Claims shall be Filed no later than the Claims Objection Bar Date.
 
B.  
Disallowance of Claims.
 
Except as otherwise Allowed by the Plan, all Claims of any Entity from which property is sought by the Debtors under section 542, 543, 550, or 553 of the Bankruptcy Code or that the Debtors allege is a transferee of a transfer that is avoidable under section 522(f), 522(h), 544, 545, 547, 548, 549, or 724(a) of the Bankruptcy Code shall be disallowed if (1) the Entity, on the one hand, and the Debtors, on the other hand, agree or the Bankruptcy Court has determined by Final Order that such Entity or transferee is liable to turnover any property or monies under any of the aforementioned sections of the Bankruptcy Code and (2) such Entity or transferee has failed to turnover such property by the date set forth in such agreement or Final Order.
 
EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE AGREED BY THE DEBTORS, ANY AND ALL PROOFS OF CLAIM FILED AFTER THE APPLICABLE CLAIMS BAR DATE SHALL BE DEEMED DISALLOWED AND EXPUNGED AS OF THE EFFECTIVE DATE WITHOUT ANY FURTHER NOTICE TO OR ACTION, ORDER, OR APPROVAL OF THE BANKRUPTCY COURT, AND HOLDERS OF SUCH CLAIMS MAY NOT RECEIVE ANY DISTRIBUTIONS ON ACCOUNT OF SUCH CLAIMS, UNLESS SUCH LATE PROOF OF CLAIM IS DEEMED TIMELY FILED BY A FINAL ORDER OF THE BANKRUPTCY COURT.
 
C.  
Amendments to Claims.
 
On or after the Effective Date, a Claim may not be amended without the prior authorization of the Bankruptcy Court or the Reorganized Debtors and any such unauthorized new or amended Claim Filed shall be deemed disallowed and expunged without any further notice to or action, order, or approval of the Bankruptcy Court.
 
ARTICLE VIII.
SETTLEMENT, RELEASE, INJUNCTION, AND RELATED PROVISIONS
 
A.  
Compromise and Settlement.
 
Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, the allowance, classification, and treatment of all Allowed Claims and their respective distributions and treatments hereunder takes into account and conforms to the relative priority and rights of the Claims and the Interests in each Class in connection with any contractual, legal, and equitable subordination rights relating thereto whether arising under general principles of equitable subordination, section 510 of the Bankruptcy Code, or otherwise.  As of the Effective Date, any and all such rights described in the preceding sentence are settled, compromised, and released pursuant hereto.  The Confirmation Order will constitute the Bankruptcy Court’s finding and determination that the settlements reflected in the Plan are (1) in the best interests of the Debtors, their estates, and all Holders of Claims, (2) fair, equitable, and reasonable, (3) made in good faith, and (4) approved by the Bankruptcy Court pursuant to section 363 of the Bankruptcy Code and Bankruptcy Rule 9019.  In addition, the allowance, classification, and treatment of Allowed Claims take into account any Causes of Action, whether under the Bankruptcy Code or otherwise under applicable non-bankruptcy law, that may exist between the Debtors and any Released Party; as of the Effective Date, any and all such Causes of Action are settled, compromised, and released pursuant hereto.  The Confirmation Order shall approve the releases by all Entities of all such contractual, legal, and equitable subordination rights or Causes of Action that are satisfied, compromised, and settled pursuant hereto.  Nothing in this Article VIII.A shall compromise or settle in any way whatsoever, any Causes of Action that the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, may have against a non-Released Party or provide for the indemnity of any non-Released Party.
 
In accordance with the provisions of this Plan, and pursuant to section 363 of the Bankruptcy Code and Bankruptcy Rule 9019, without any further notice to or action, order or approval of the Bankruptcy Court, after the Effective Date (1) the Reorganized Debtors may, in their sole and absolute discretion, compromise and settle Claims against the Debtors and (2) the Reorganized Debtors may, in their sole and absolute discretion, compromise and settle Causes of Action against other Entities.
 
 
28

 
B.  
Discharge of Claims and Termination of Interests.
 
Pursuant to section 1141(d) of the Bankruptcy Code, and except as otherwise specifically provided in the Plan or in any contract, instrument, or other agreement or document created pursuant to the Plan, the distributions, rights, and treatment that are provided in the Plan shall be in complete satisfaction, discharge, and release, effective as of the Effective Date, of Claims (including any Intercompany Claims resolved or compromised after the Effective Date by the Reorganized Debtors), Interests, and Causes of Action of any nature whatsoever, including any interest accrued on Claims or Interests from and after the Petition Date, whether known or unknown, against, liabilities of, Liens on, obligations of, rights against, and Interests in, the Debtors or any of their assets or properties, regardless of whether any property shall have been distributed or retained pursuant to the Plan on account of such Claims and Interests, including demands, liabilities, and Causes of Action that arose before the Effective Date, any contingent or non-contingent liability on account of representations or warranties issued on or before the Effective Date, and all debts of the kind specified in sections 502(g), 502(h), or 502(i) of the Bankruptcy Code.  Any default by the Debtors or their Affiliates with respect to any Claim or Interest that existed immediately prior to or on account of the filing of the Chapter 11 Cases shall be deemed cured on the Effective Date.  The Confirmation Order shall be a judicial determination of the discharge of all Claims and Interests subject to the Effective Date occurring.

C.  
Release of Liens.
 
Except as otherwise provided in the Plan, or in any contract, instrument, release, or other agreement or document created pursuant to the Plan, on the Effective Date and concurrently with the applicable distributions made pursuant to the Plan and, in the case of a Secured Claim, satisfaction in full of the portion of the Secured Claim that is Allowed as of the Effective Date, all mortgages, deeds of trust, Liens, pledges, or other security interests against any property of the Estates shall be fully released and discharged, and all of the right, title, and interest of any Holder of such mortgages, deeds of trust, Liens, pledges, or other security interests shall revert to the Reorganized Debtors and their successors and assigns.
 
D.  
Releases by the Debtors.
 
Pursuant to section 1123(b) of the Bankruptcy Code, and except as otherwise specifically provided in the Plan, for good and valuable consideration, on and after the Effective Date, the Released Parties are deemed released and discharged by the Debtors, the Reorganized Debtors, and the Estates from any and all Claims, obligations, rights, suits, damages, causes of action, remedies, and liabilities whatsoever, whether for tort, fraud, contract, violations of federal or state securities laws, or otherwise, including any derivative Claims asserted or that could possibly have been asserted on behalf of the Debtors, whether known or unknown, foreseen or unforeseen, existing or hereinafter arising, in law, equity, or otherwise, that the Debtors, the Reorganized Debtors, the Estates, or their Affiliates would have been legally entitled to assert in their own right (whether individually or collectively) or on behalf of the Holder of any Claim or Interest or other Entity, based on or relating to, or in any manner arising from, in whole or in part, the Debtors or their Affiliates, the Chapter 11 Cases, the purchase, sale, or rescission of the purchase or sale of any Security of the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, the subject matter of, or the transactions or events giving rise to, any Claim or Interest that is treated in the Plan, the business or contractual arrangements between any Debtor and any Released Party, the restructuring of Claims and Interests prior to or in the Chapter 11 Cases, the negotiation, formulation, or preparation of the Plan and related Disclosure Statement, or related agreements, instruments, or other documents, upon any other act or omission, transaction, agreement, event, or other occurrence taking place on or before the Confirmation Date of the Plan, other than Claims or liabilities arising out of or related to any contractual or fixed monetary obligation owed to the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors.
 
Entry of the Confirmation Order shall constitute the Bankruptcy Court’s approval, pursuant to Bankruptcy Rule 9019, of the Debtor Release, which includes by reference each of the related provisions and definitions contained herein, and further, shall constitute the Bankruptcy Court’s finding that the Debtor Release is:  (1) in exchange for the good and valuable consideration provided by the Released Parties; (2) a good faith settlement and compromise of the Claims released by this Article VIII.D; (3) in the best interests of the Debtors and all Holders of Claims and Interests; (4) fair, equitable, and reasonable; (5) given and made after due notice and opportunity for hearing; and (6) a bar to any of the Debtors asserting any claim or Cause of Action released pursuant to the Debtor Release.
 
 
29

 
E.  
Releases by Holders of Claims and Interests.
 
Except as provided in the last sentence of this paragraph, as of the Effective Date, each Holder of a Claim or an Interest in the Debtors, except to the extent that such Holder either voted to reject the Plan or is classified in a Class that is deemed to reject the Plan, shall be deemed to have conclusively, absolutely, unconditionally, irrevocably, and forever, released and discharged the Third Party Releasees from any and all Claims, Interests, obligations, rights, suits, damages, Causes of Action, remedies, and liabilities whatsoever, whether for tort, fraud, contract, violations of federal or state securities laws, or otherwise, including any derivative Claims, asserted on behalf of a debtor, whether known or unknown, foreseen or unforeseen, existing or hereafter arising, in law, equity, or otherwise, that such entity would have been legally entitled to assert (whether individually or collectively), based on or in any way relating to, or in any manner arising from, in whole or in part, the Debtors, the Non-Filers, the Debtors’ restructuring, the Chapter 11 Cases, the purchase, sale, or rescission of the purchase or sale of any Security of the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, the subject matter of, or the transactions or events giving rise to, any Claim or Interest that is treated in the Plan, the business or contractual arrangements between any Debtor and any Released Party, the restructuring of Claims and Interests prior to or in the Chapter 11 Cases, the negotiation, formulation, or preparation of the Plan, the related Disclosure Statement, the related Plan Supplement, or related agreements, instruments, or other documents, upon any other act or omission, transaction, agreement, event, or other occurrence taking place on or before the Effective Date of the Plan, other than Claims or liabilities arising out of or relating to any act or omission of a Released Party that constitutes willful misconduct or gross negligence.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the foregoing, the release set forth above does not release any post-Effective Date obligations of any party under the Plan or any document, instrument, or agreement (including those set forth in the Plan Supplement) executed to implement the Plan.
 
Entry of the Confirmation Order shall constitute the Bankruptcy Court’s approval, pursuant to Bankruptcy Rule 9019, of the Third Party Release, which includes by reference each of the related provisions and definitions contained herein, and further, shall constitute the Bankruptcy Court’s finding that the Third Party Release is:  (1) in exchange for the good and valuable consideration provided by the Third Party Releasees; (2) a good faith settlement and compromise of the Claims released by this Article VIII.E; (3) in the best interests of the Debtors and all Holders of Claims and Interests; (4) fair, equitable, and reasonable; (5) given and made after due notice and opportunity for hearing; and (6) a bar to any Entity granting a Third Party Release from asserting any claim or Cause of Action released pursuant to the Third Party Release.
 
F.  
Exculpation.
 
No Exculpated Party shall have or incur, and each Exculpated Party is hereby released and exculpated from any Exculpated Claim or any obligation, cause of action, or liability for any Exculpated Claim; provided, however, that the foregoing “Exculpation” shall have no effect on the liability of any Entity that results from any such act or omission that is determined by a Final Order to have constituted gross negligence or willful misconduct; provided further that in all respects such Entities shall be entitled to reasonably rely upon the advice of counsel with respect to their duties and responsibilities pursuant to, or in connection with, the Plan.  The Debtors and the Reorganized Debtors (and each of their respective Affiliates, agents, directors, officers, employees, advisors, and attorneys) have participated in compliance with the applicable provisions of the Bankruptcy Code with regard to the solicitation and distribution of the Securities pursuant to the Plan, and, therefore, are not, and on account of such distributions shall not be, liable at any time for the violation of any applicable law, rule, or regulation governing the solicitation of acceptances or rejections of the Plan or such distributions made pursuant to the Plan.
 
 
30

 
G.  
Injunction.
 
Except as otherwise expressly provided in the Plan or for obligations issued pursuant to the Plan, all Entities who have held, hold, or may hold Claims or Interests that have been released pursuant to Article VIII.D or Article VIII.E hereof, discharged pursuant to Article VIII.A hereof, or are subject to exculpation pursuant to Article VIII.F hereof are permanently enjoined, from and after the Effective Date, from taking any of the following actions against, as applicable, the Debtors, the Non-Filers, the Reorganized Debtors, the Released Parties, or the Exculpated Parties:  (1) commencing or continuing in any manner any action or other proceeding of any kind on account of or in connection with or with respect to any such Claims or Interests; (2) enforcing, attaching, collecting, or recovering by any manner or means any judgment, award, decree, or order against such Entities on account of or in connection with or with respect to any such Claims or Interests; (3) creating, perfecting, or enforcing any encumbrance of any kind against such Entities or the property or estates of such Entities on account of or in connection with or with respect to any such Claims or Interests; (4) asserting any right of subrogation or recoupment of any kind against any obligation due from such Entities or against the property or Estates of such Entities on account of or in connection with or with respect to any such Claims or Interests; and (5) commencing or continuing in any manner any action or other proceeding of any kind on account of or in connection with or with respect to any such Claims or Interests released or settled pursuant to the Plan.
 
H.  
Protections Against Discriminatory Treatment.
 
Consistent with section 525 of the Bankruptcy Code and the Supremacy Clause of the U.S. Constitution, no Entities, including Governmental Units, shall discriminate against the Reorganized Debtors or deny, revoke, suspend, or refuse to renew a license, permit, charter, franchise, or other similar grant to, condition such a grant to, discriminate with respect to such a grant against, the Reorganized Debtors, or another Entity with whom the Reorganized Debtors have been associated, solely because each Debtor has been a debtor under chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code, has been insolvent before the commencement of the Chapter 11 Cases (or during the Chapter 11 Cases but before the Debtors are granted or denied a discharge), or has not paid a debt that is dischargeable in the Chapter 11 Cases.
 
I.  
Recoupment.
 
In no event shall any Holder of a Claim or an Interest be entitled to recoup any Claim or Interest against any claim, right, or Cause of Action of the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, unless (i) such Holder actually has performed such recoupment and provided notice thereof in writing to the Debtors on or before the Confirmation Date or (ii) such Claim or Interest is Reinstated under the Plan.
 
J.  
Subordination Rights.
 
Any distributions under the Plan to Holders shall be received and retained free from any obligations to hold or transfer the same to any other Holder, and shall not be subject to levy, garnishment, attachment, or other legal process by any Holder by reason of claimed contractual subordination rights.  Any such subordination rights shall be waived, and the Confirmation Order shall constitute an injunction enjoining any Entity from enforcing or attempting to enforce any contractual, legal, or equitable subordination rights to property distributed under the Plan, in each case other than as provided in the Plan.
 
K.  
Document Retention.
 
On and after the Effective Date, the Reorganized Debtors may maintain documents in accordance with their current document retention policy, as may be altered, amended, modified, or supplemented by the Reorganized Debtors.
 
 
31

 
ARTICLE IX.
CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO CONFIRMATION
AND CONSUMMATION OF THE PLAN
 
A.  
Conditions Precedent to Confirmation.
 
It shall be a condition precedent to Confirmation of the Plan that the following conditions shall have been satisfied or waived pursuant to the provisions of Article IX.C hereof:
 
1. the Bankruptcy Court shall have entered the Confirmation Order in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Debtors and the Required Lenders;
 
2. the Confirmation Order shall:
 
(a)  
authorize the Debtors and the Reorganized Debtors to take all actions necessary or appropriate to enter into, implement, and consummate the contracts, instruments, releases, leases, indentures, and other agreements or documents created in connection with the Plan;
 
(b)  
decree that the provisions of the Confirmation Order and the Plan are nonseverable and mutually dependent;
 
(c)  
authorize the Reorganized Debtors to: (i) issue the New Equity pursuant to the exemption from registration under the Securities Act provided by section 1145 of the Bankruptcy Code or other exemption from such registration or pursuant to one or more registration statements; and (ii) enter into any agreements contained in the Plan Supplement;
 
(d)  
decree that the Confirmation Order shall supersede any Bankruptcy Court orders issued prior to the Confirmation Date that may be inconsistent with the Confirmation Order;
 
(e)  
authorize the implementation of the Plan in accordance with its terms; and
 
(f)  
provide that, pursuant to section 1146 of the Bankruptcy Code, the assignment or surrender of any lease or sublease, and the delivery of any deed or other instrument or transfer order, in furtherance of, or in connection with the Plan, including any deeds, bills of sale, or assignments executed in connection with any disposition or transfer of assets contemplated under the Plan, shall not be subject to any stamp, real estate transfer, mortgage recording, or other similar tax (including, any mortgages or security interest filing to be recorded or filed in connection with the Exit Facility); and
 
3. the Plan must be in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Debtors  the Required Lenders.
 
4. all documentation related to the Plan must be in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Required Lenders.
 
B.  
Conditions Precedent to the Effective Date.
 
It shall be a condition precedent to the Effective Date of the Plan that the following conditions shall have been satisfied or waived pursuant to the provisions of Article IX.C hereof:
 
1. the Confirmation Order shall have become a Final Order;
 
2. the final version of the Plan Supplement and all of the schedules, documents, and exhibits contained therein shall have been Filed in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Debtors and the Required Lenders;
 
 
32

 
3. all actions, documents, Certificates, and agreements necessary to implement the Plan, including documents contained in the Plan Supplement, shall have been effected or executed and delivered, as the case may be, to the required parties and, to the extent required, filed with the applicable Governmental Units in accordance with applicable laws; provided, however, that each document, instrument, and agreement must be reasonably acceptable to the Debtors and the Required Lenders;
 
4. all authorizations, consents, regulatory approvals, rulings, or documents that are necessary to implement and effectuate the Plan shall have been received;
 
5. the initial boards of directors of the Reorganized Debtors shall have been appointed;
 
6. the effectiveness of the Exit Facility, in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Debtors and the Required Lenders; and
 
7. the Allowed amount of Administrative Claims, Priority Tax Claims and Other Priority Claims shall not exceed in the aggregate $4 million; provided, however, that such cap shall not apply to Accrued Professional Compensation Claims, Administrative Claims arising under section 503(b)(9) of the Bankruptcy Code and ordinary course post-petition trade, wages and benefits, incurred but not yet paid as of the Effective Date.
 
C.  
Waiver of Conditions.
 
The conditions to Confirmation and Consummation set forth in this Article IX may be waived only by consent of the Debtors and the Required Lenders, without notice, leave, or order of the Bankruptcy Court or any formal action other than proceedings to confirm or consummate the Plan.
 
D.  
Effect of Failure of Conditions.
 
If Consummation does not occur, the Plan shall be null and void in all respects, and nothing contained in the Plan or the Disclosure Statement shall:  (1) constitute a waiver or release of any claims by the Debtors, any Holders of Claims or Interests, or any other Entity; (2) prejudice in any manner the rights of the Debtors, any Holders of Claims or Interests, or any other Entity; or (3) constitute an admission, acknowledgment, offer, or undertaking by the Debtors, any Holders of Claims or Interests, or any other Entity in any respect.
 
ARTICLE X.
MODIFICATION, REVOCATION, OR WITHDRAWAL OF THE PLAN
 
A.  
Modification and Amendments.
 
Except as otherwise specifically provided in the Plan, the Debtors, with the reasonable consent of the Required Lenders, reserve the right to modify the Plan, whether such modification is material or immaterial, and seek Confirmation consistent with the Bankruptcy Code.  Subject to certain restrictions and requirements set forth in section 1127 of the Bankruptcy Code and Bankruptcy Rule 3019 and those restrictions on modifications set forth in the Plan, each of the Debtors expressly reserves its respective rights to revoke or withdraw, or, with the reasonable consent of the Required Lenders, to alter, amend, or modify the Plan with respect to such Debtor, one or more times, after Confirmation, and, to the extent necessary may initiate proceedings in the Bankruptcy Court to so alter, amend, or modify the Plan, or remedy any defect or omission, or reconcile any inconsistencies in the Plan, the Disclosure Statement, or the Confirmation Order, in such matters as may be necessary to carry out the purposes and intent of the Plan.  Any such modification or supplement shall be considered a modification of the Plan and shall be made in accordance with this Article X.
 
B.  
Effect of Confirmation on Modifications.
 
Entry of a Confirmation Order shall mean that all modifications or amendments to the Plan since the solicitation thereof are approved pursuant to section 1127(a) of the Bankruptcy Code and do not require additional disclosure or resolicitation under Bankruptcy Rule 3019.
 
 
33

 
C.  
Revocation or Withdrawal of Plan.
 
The Debtors reserve the right to revoke or withdraw the Plan prior to the Confirmation Date and to file subsequent plans of reorganization.  If the Debtors revoke or withdraw the Plan, or if Confirmation or Consummation does not occur, then:  (1) the Plan shall be null and void in all respects; (2) any settlement or compromise embodied in the Plan (including the fixing or limiting to an amount certain of any Claim or Interest or Class of Claims or Interests), assumption or rejection of Executory Contracts or Unexpired Leases effected under the Plan, and any document or agreement executed pursuant to the Plan, shall be deemed null and void; and (3) nothing contained in the Plan shall:  (a) constitute a waiver or release of any Claims or Interests; (b) prejudice in any manner the rights of such Debtor or any other Entity, including the Non-Filers; or (c) constitute an admission, acknowledgement, offer, or undertaking of any sort by such Debtor or any other Entity, including the Non-Filers.
 
ARTICLE XI.
RETENTION OF JURISDICTION
 
Notwithstanding the entry of the Confirmation Order and the occurrence of the Effective Date, on and after the Effective Date, the Bankruptcy Court shall retain exclusive jurisdiction over all matters arising out of, or related to, the Chapter 11 Cases and the Plan pursuant to sections 105(a) and 1142 of the Bankruptcy Code, including jurisdiction to:
 
1. allow, disallow, determine, liquidate, classify, estimate, or establish the priority, Secured or unsecured status, or amount of any Claim or Interest, including (i) the resolution of any request for payment of any Administrative Claim, and (ii) the resolution of any and all objections to the Secured or unsecured status, priority, amount, or allowance of Claims or Interests;
 
2. decide and resolve all matters related to the granting and denying, in whole or in part, any applications for allowance of compensation or reimbursement of expenses to Professionals authorized pursuant to the Bankruptcy Code or the Plan;
 
3. resolve any matters related to:  (a) the assumption or assumption and assignment of any Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease to which a Debtor is party or with respect to which a Debtor may be liable and to hear, determine, and, if necessary, liquidate, any Claims arising therefrom, including Cure Claims pursuant to section 365 of the Bankruptcy Code; (b) any potential contractual obligation under any Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease that is assumed; and (c) any dispute regarding whether a contract or lease is or was executory or expired;
 
4. ensure that distributions to Holders of Allowed Claims and Allowed Interests are accomplished pursuant to the provisions of the Plan;
 
5. adjudicate, decide, or resolve any motions, adversary proceedings, contested or litigated matters, and any other matters, and grant or deny any applications involving a Debtor that may be pending on the Effective Date;
 
6. adjudicate, decide, or resolve any and all matters related to section 1141 of the Bankruptcy Code;
 
7. enter and implement such orders as may be necessary or appropriate to execute, implement, or consummate the provisions of the Plan and all contracts, instruments, releases, indentures, and other agreements or documents created in connection with the Plan or the Disclosure Statement;
 
8. enter and enforce any order for the sale of property pursuant to sections 363, 1123, or 1146(a) of the Bankruptcy Code;
 
9. resolve any cases, controversies, suits, disputes, or Causes of Action that may arise in connection with the Consummation, interpretation, or enforcement of the Plan or any Entity’s obligations incurred in connection with the Plan;
 
 
34

 
10. issue injunctions, enter and implement other orders, or take such other actions as may be necessary or appropriate to restrain interference by any Entity with Consummation or enforcement of the Plan;
 
11. resolve any cases, controversies, suits, disputes, or Causes of Action with respect to the releases, injunctions, and other provisions contained in Article VIII hereof and enter such orders as may be necessary or appropriate to implement such releases, injunctions, and other provisions;
 
12. resolve any cases, controversies, suits, disputes, or Causes of Action with respect to the repayment or return of distributions and the recovery of additional amounts owed by the Holder of a Claim or Interest for amounts not timely repaid pursuant to Article VI.L.1 hereof;
 
13. enter and implement such orders as are necessary or appropriate if the Confirmation Order is for any reason modified, stayed, reversed, revoked, or vacated;
 
14. determine any other matters that may arise in connection with or relate to the Plan, the Disclosure Statement, the Confirmation Order, or any contract, instrument, release, indenture, or other agreement or document created in connection with the Plan or the Disclosure Statement;
 
15. enter an order or Final Decree concluding or closing the Chapter 11 Cases;
 
16. adjudicate any and all disputes arising from or relating to distributions under the Plan;
 
17. consider any modifications of the Plan, to cure any defect or omission, or to reconcile any inconsistency in any Bankruptcy Court order, including the Confirmation Order;
 
18. determine requests for the payment of Claims and Interests entitled to priority pursuant to section 507 of the Bankruptcy Code;
 
19. hear and determine disputes arising in connection with the interpretation, implementation, or enforcement of the Plan or the Confirmation Order, including disputes arising under agreements, documents, or instruments executed in connection with the Plan;
 
20. hear and determine matters concerning state, local, and federal taxes in accordance with sections 346, 505, and 1146 of the Bankruptcy Code;
 
21. hear and determine all disputes involving the existence, nature, scope, or enforcement of any exculpations, discharges, injunctions and releases granted in the Plan, including under Article VIII hereof;
 
22. enforce all orders previously entered by the Bankruptcy Court; and
 
23. hear any other matter not inconsistent with the Bankruptcy Code.
 
ARTICLE XII.
MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS
 
A.  
Immediate Binding Effect.
 
Subject to Article IX.B hereof and notwithstanding Bankruptcy Rules 3020(e), 6004(h), or 7062 or otherwise, upon the occurrence of the Effective Date, the terms of the Plan and the Plan Supplement shall be immediately effective and enforceable and deemed binding upon the Debtors, the Reorganized Debtors, and any and all Holders of Claims or Interests (irrespective of whether such Claims or Interests are deemed to have accepted the Plan), all Entities that are parties to or are subject to the settlements, compromises, releases, discharges, and injunctions described in the Plan, each Entity acquiring property under the Plan, and any and all non-Debtor parties to Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases with the Debtors.
 
 
35

 
B.  
Additional Documents.
 
On or before the Effective Date, the Debtors may enter into any such agreements and other documents as may be necessary or appropriate to effectuate and further evidence the terms and conditions of the Plan.  The Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, and all Holders of Claims or Interests receiving distributions pursuant to the Plan and all other parties in interest may, from time to time, prepare, execute, and deliver any agreements or documents and take any other actions as may be necessary or advisable to effectuate the provisions and intent of the Plan.
 
C.  
Payment of Statutory Fees.
 
All fees payable pursuant to section 1930(a) of the Judicial Code, as determined by the Bankruptcy Court at a hearing pursuant to section 1128 of the Bankruptcy Code, shall be paid by each of the Reorganized Debtors (or the Disbursing Agent on behalf of each of the Reorganized Debtors) for each quarter (including any fraction thereof) until the Chapter 11 Cases are converted, dismissed, or closed, whichever occurs first.
 
D.  
Payment of Fees and Expenses of Professionals in Connection with the Funded Debt.
 
On the Effective Date, the Disbursing Agent shall pay in full in Cash all reasonable and documented unpaid fees and expenses of the advisors retained by the Required Lenders.
 
E.  
Statutory Committee and Cessation of Fee and Expense Payment.
 
On the Effective Date, any statutory committee appointed in the Chapter 11 Cases shall dissolve, and members thereof shall be released and discharged from all rights and duties from or related to the Chapter 11 Cases.  The Reorganized Debtors shall no longer be responsible for paying any fees or expenses incurred by the members of or advisors to the First Lien Agents or the Required Lenders, and any other statutory committees after the Effective Date.  .
 
F.  
Reservation of Rights.
 
Except as expressly set forth in the Plan, the Plan shall have no force or effect unless the Bankruptcy Court enters the Confirmation Order, and the Confirmation Order shall have no force or effect if the Effective Date does not occur.  None of the Filing of the Plan, any statement or provision contained in the Plan, or the taking of any action by any Debtor with respect to the Plan, the Disclosure Statement, or the Plan Supplement shall be or shall be deemed to be an admission or waiver of any rights of any Debtor with respect to the Holders of Claims or Interests prior to the Effective Date.
 
G.  
Successors and Assigns.
 
The rights, benefits, and obligations of any Entity named or referred to in the Plan shall be binding on, and shall inure to the benefit of any heir, executor, administrator, successor or assign, Affiliate, officer, director, agent, representative, attorney, beneficiaries, or guardian, if any, of each Entity.
 
 
36

 
H.  
Notices.
 
All notices, requests, and demands to or upon the Debtors to be effective shall be in writing (including by facsimile transmission) and, unless otherwise expressly provided herein, shall be deemed to have been duly given or made when actually delivered or, in the case of notice by facsimile transmission, when received and telephonically confirmed, addressed as follows:
 
1. If to the Debtors, to:
 
GSE Environmental, Inc.
19103 Gundle Road
Houston, Texas 77073
Facsimile:  (281) 230-8650
Attention:   Daniel Storey
E-mail address:   dstorey@gseworld.com

with copies to:

Kirkland & Ellis LLP
300 North LaSalle
Chicago, Illinois 60654
Facsimile:  (312) 862-2200
Attention:  Patrick J. Nash, Jr. and Jeffrey D. Pawlitz
E-mail addresses:  patrick.nash@kirkland.com and jeffrey.pawlitz@kirkland.com

2. If to the Required Lenders, to:
 
Wachtell, Lipton, Rosen & Katz LLP
51 West 52nd Street
New York, New York 10019
Facsimile:  (212) 403-1000
Attention:  Scott K. Charles and Emily D. Johnson
E-mail address:  SKCharles@wlrk.com and EDJohnson@wlrk.com

 
After the Effective Date, the Debtors have authority to send a notice to Entities that to continue to receive documents pursuant to Bankruptcy Rule 2002, such Entity must file a renewed request to receive documents pursuant to Bankruptcy Rule 2002.  After the Effective Date, the Debtors are authorized to limit the list of Entities receiving documents pursuant to Bankruptcy Rule 2002 to those Entities who have Filed such renewed requests.
 
I.  
Term of Injunctions or Stays.
 
Unless otherwise provided in the Plan or in the Confirmation Order, all injunctions or stays in effect in the Chapter 11 Cases pursuant to sections 105 or 362 of the Bankruptcy Code or any order of the Bankruptcy Court, and extant on the Confirmation Date (excluding any injunctions or stays contained in the Plan or the Confirmation Order) shall remain in full force and effect until the Effective Date.  All injunctions or stays contained in the Plan or the Confirmation Order shall remain in full force and effect in accordance with their terms.
 
J.  
Entire Agreement.
 
Except as otherwise indicated, the Plan and the Plan Supplement supersede all previous and contemporaneous negotiations, promises, covenants, agreements, understandings, and representations on such subjects, all of which have become merged and integrated into the Plan.
 
 
37

 
K.  
Exhibits.
 
All exhibits and documents included in the Plan Supplement are incorporated into and are a part of the Plan as if set forth in full in the Plan.  After the exhibits and documents are Filed, copies of such exhibits and documents shall be available upon written request to the Debtors’ counsel at the address above or by downloading such exhibits and documents from the Debtors’ restructuring website at http://cases.primeclerk.com/gse or the Bankruptcy Court’s website at www.deb.uscourts.gov.  To the extent any exhibit or document is inconsistent with the terms of the Plan, unless otherwise ordered by the Bankruptcy Court, the non-exhibit or non-document portion of the Plan shall control.
 
L.  
Nonseverability of Plan Provisions.
 
If, prior to Confirmation, any term or provision of the Plan is held by the Bankruptcy Court to be invalid, void, or unenforceable, the Bankruptcy Court shall have the power to alter and interpret such term or provision to make it valid or enforceable to the maximum extent practicable, consistent with the original purpose of the term or provision held to be invalid, void, or unenforceable, and such term or provision shall then be applicable as altered or interpreted.  Notwithstanding any such holding, alteration, or interpretation, the remainder of the terms and provisions of the Plan will remain in full force and effect and will in no way be affected, impaired, or invalidated by such holding, alteration, or interpretation.  The Confirmation Order shall constitute a judicial determination and shall provide that each term and provision of the Plan, as it may have been altered or interpreted in accordance with the foregoing, is:  (1) valid and enforceable pursuant to its terms; (2) integral to the Plan and may not be deleted or modified without the Debtors’ consent; and (3) nonseverable and mutually dependent.
 
M.  
Votes Solicited in Good Faith.
 
Upon entry of the Confirmation Order, the Debtors will be deemed to have solicited votes on the Plan in good faith and in compliance with the Bankruptcy Code, and pursuant to section 1125(e) of the Bankruptcy Code, the Debtors and each of their respective Affiliates, agents, representatives, members, principals, shareholders, officers, directors, employees, advisors, and attorneys will be deemed to have participated in good faith and in compliance with the Bankruptcy Code in the offer, issuance, sale, and purchase of Securities offered and sold under the Plan and any previous plan, and, therefore, neither any of such parties or individuals or the Reorganized Debtors will have any liability for the violation of any applicable law, rule, or regulation governing the solicitation of votes on the Plan or the offer, issuance, sale, or purchase of the Securities offered and sold under the Plan and any previous plan.
 
N.  
Closing of Chapter 11 Cases.
 
The Reorganized Debtors shall, promptly after the full administration of the Chapter 11 Cases, File with the Bankruptcy Court all documents required by Bankruptcy Rule 3022 and any applicable order of the Bankruptcy Court to close the Chapter 11 Cases.
 
O.  
Conflicts.
 
Except as set forth in the Plan, to the extent that any provision of the Disclosure Statement, the Plan Supplement, or any other order (other than the Confirmation Order) referenced in the Plan (or any exhibits, schedules, appendices, supplements, or amendments to any of the foregoing), conflict with or are in any way inconsistent with any provision of the Plan, the Plan shall govern and control.
 
 
38

 
Dated:  May 4, 2014
 
Respectfully submitted,
 
GSE ENVIRONMENTAL, INC.
(for itself and on behalf of each of its affiliated Debtors)
 
By: /s/ Daniel C. Storey
 
Name:
Daniel C. Storey
 
Title:
Senior Vice President,
 
Chief Financial Officer

Prepared by:
 
 
Laura Davis Jones (DE Bar No. 2436)
Timothy P. Cairns (DE Bar No. 4228)
PACHULSKI STANG ZIEHL & JONES LLP
919 North Market Street, 17th Floor
P.O. Box 8705
Wilmington, Delaware 19899-8705 (Courier 19801)
Telephone:    (302) 652-4100
Facsimile:       (302) 652-4400
Email:              ljones@pszjlaw.com
tcairns@pszjlaw.com
 
- and -
 
Patrick J. Nash, Jr., P.C. (pro hac vice admission pending)
Jeffrey D. Pawlitz (pro hac vice admission pending)
Bradley Thomas Giordano (pro hac vice admission pending)
KIRKLAND & ELLIS LLP
300 North LaSalle
Chicago, Illinois 60654
Telephone:            (312) 862-2000
Facsimile:               (312) 862-2200
Email:                      patrick.nash@kirkland.com
jeffrey.pawlitz@kirkland.com
bradley.giordano@kirkland.com
 
Proposed Co-Counsel for the
Debtors and Debtors in Possession



EX-99.3 5 exh_993.htm EXHIBIT 99.3 exh_993.htm
Exhibit 99.3
 
 
IN THE UNITED STATES BANKRUPTCY COURT
FOR THE DISTRICT OF DELAWARE
 
 
)
 
In re:
)
Chapter 11
 
)
 
GSE ENVIRONMENTAL, INC., et al.,1
)
Case No. 14-11126 (___)
 
)
 
Debtors.
)
(Joint Administration Requested)
 
)
 

DISCLOSURE STATEMENT RELATING TO THE DEBTORS’ JOINT PLAN OF
REORGANIZATION PURSUANT TO CHAPTER 11 OF THE BANKRUPTCY CODE
   
   
Patrick J. Nash, Jr., P.C. (pro hac vice admission pending)
Laura Davis Jones (DE Bar No. 2436)
Jeffrey D. Pawlitz (pro hac vice admission pending)
Bradley Thomas Giordano (pro hac vice admission pending)
Timothy P. Cairns (DE Bar No. 4228)
KIRKLAND & ELLIS LLP
PACHULSKI STANG ZIEHL & JONES LLP
300 North LaSalle
919 North Market Street, 17th Floor
Chicago, Illinois 60654
P.O. Box 8705
Telephone:
(312) 862-2000
Wilmington, Delaware 19899-8705 (Courier 19801)
Facsimile:
(312) 862-2200
Telephone:
(302) 652-4100
Email:
patrick.nash@kirkland.com
Facsimile:
(302) 652-4400
 
jeffrey.pawlitz@kirkland.com
Email:
ljones@pszjlaw.com
 
bradley.giordano@kirkland.com
 
tcairns@pszjlaw.com

Proposed Co-Counsel for the Debtors and Debtors in Possession
 
Dated:  May 4, 2014
 
PLEASE NOTE THAT THIS DISCLOSURE STATEMENT IS BEING SUBMITTED FOR APPROVAL, AND HAS NOT YET BEEN APPROVED BY THE BANKRUPTCY COURT. THIS IS NOT A SOLICITATION OF VOTES WITH RESPECT TO THE DEBTORS’ JOINT PLAN OF REORGANIZATION PURSUANT TO CHAPTER 11 OF THE BANKRUPTCY CODE OR AN OFFER WITH RESPECT TO ANY SECURITIES. ANY SUCH SOLICITATION OR OFFER WILL COMPLY WITH ALL APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS AND PROVISIONS OF THE BANKRUPTCY CODE. ACCEPTANCES OR REJECTIONS OF THE DEBTORS’ PLAN MAY NOT, AND WILL NOT, BE SOLICITED UNTIL A DISCLOSURE STATEMENT HAS BEEN APPROVED BY THE BANKRUPTCY COURT. ACCORDINGLY, THE INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO CHANGE.
 
____________________________
 
1
The Debtors in these chapter 11 cases, along with the last four digits of each Debtor’s federal tax identification number, include:  GSE Environmental, Inc. (1074); GSE Environmental, LLC (1539); GSE Holding, Inc. (9069); and SynTec, LLC (2133).  The location of the Debtors’ service address is:  19103 Gundle Road, Houston, Texas 77073.
 
 
 

 
TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
 
Page
   
Important Information About This Disclosure Statement
1
   
Questions and Answers Regarding this Disclosure Statement and the Plan
3
   
The Debtors’ History and the Chapter 11 Cases
8
   
Events Leading to the Chapter 11 Cases
15
   
Initial Motions of the Chapter 11 Cases and Certain Related Relief
17
   
Treatment of Claims and Interests
17
   
Management of the Debtors
22
   
Composition of New Board of Directors
23
   
Capital Structure of the Debtors upon Consummation
24
   
Summary of Legal Proceedings
24
   
Valuation Analysis
25
   
Liquidation Analysis
25
   
Projected Financial Information
26
   
Risk Factors
27
   
Confirmation of the Plan
39
   
Effect of Confirmation of the Plan
43
   
Settlement, Release, Injunction, and Related Provisions
45
   
Important Securities Laws Disclosure
49
   
Certain U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences of the Plan
50
   
Recommendation of the Debtors
56
 
 
 
i

 
EXHIBITS
 
EXHIBIT A                      Plan of Reorganization
 
EXHIBIT B                      Liquidation Analysis
 
EXHIBIT C                      Debtors’ Financial Projections
 
EXHIBIT D                      Debtors’ Prepetition Corporate Structure
 

 
ii

 
Important Information About This Disclosure Statement
 
This disclosure statement (the “Disclosure Statement”) provides information regarding the Debtors’ Joint Plan of Reorganization Pursuant to Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code (as may be amended, supplemented, or modified from time to time, the “Plan”) that GSE Environmental, Inc., collectively with its Affiliates, GSE Environmental, LLC, GSE Holding, Inc., and SynTec, LLC, as debtors and debtors in possession (each, a “Debtor,” collectively, the “Debtors,” and collectively with their non-Debtor direct and indirect subsidiaries, the “Company”) are seeking to have confirmed by the Bankruptcy Court.  A copy of the Plan is attached as Exhibit A hereto.  All capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meaning ascribed to them in the Plan.
 
The Plan provides for the Debtors’ reorganization as a going concern and proposes an appropriate post-emergence balance sheet that will position the Debtors for future success.  Specifically, the Plan contemplates a substantial reduction in the Debtors’ funded debt obligations by satisfying the approximately $173.4 million of principal obligations under the First Lien Credit Facility with New Equity.  The Plan also calls for significant recoveries for general unsecured creditors.  In particular and as set forth in more detail in the Plan, the Plan:  (a) provides for payment in full of claims of trade creditors that agree (i) to return to trade terms no less advantageous to the Debtors than those in place twelve months before the Petition Date and (ii) to maintain those trade terms for twelve months after the Effective Date; and (b) also provides for an amount of cash for other General Unsecured Claims, which the Debtors believe is sufficient to pay such claims in full.  Under the Plan, the Debtors would fund distributions with Cash on hand, as well as the proceeds of their Exit Facility.

THE DEBTORS BELIEVE THAT THE PLAN IS FAIR AND EQUITABLE, MAXIMIZES THE VALUE OF THE DEBTORS’ ESTATES, AND PROVIDES THE BEST RECOVERY TO HOLDERS OF CLAIMS AND INTERESTS.  AT THIS TIME, THE DEBTORS BELIEVE THIS IS THE BEST AVAILABLE ALTERNATIVE FOR COMPLETING THESE CHAPTER 11 CASES.  THE DEBTORS STRONGLY RECOMMEND THAT YOU VOTE TO ACCEPT THE PLAN.
 
Confirmation and Consummation of the Plan are subject to certain material conditions precedent described in Article IX of the Plan.  There is no assurance that the Plan will be confirmed or, if confirmed, that such material conditions precedent will be satisfied or waived.
 
You are encouraged to read this Disclosure Statement in its entirety, including the Plan, and the section herein entitled “Risk Factors” prior to submitting your ballot to vote to accept or reject the Plan.
 
The Bankruptcy Court’s approval of this Disclosure Statement does not constitute a guarantee of the accuracy or completeness of the information contained herein or an endorsement of the merits of the Plan by the Bankruptcy Court.
 
Summaries of the Plan and statements made in this Disclosure Statement in connection with the Plan are qualified in their entirety by reference to the Plan, the exhibits and schedules attached to the Plan, and the Plan Supplement.  The statements contained in this Disclosure Statement are made only as of the date of this Disclosure Statement, and there is no assurance that the statements contained herein will be correct at any time after such date.  Except as otherwise provided in the Plan or in accordance with applicable law, the Debtors are under no duty to update or supplement this Disclosure Statement.
 
The information contained in this Disclosure Statement is included for purposes of soliciting acceptances to the Plan and obtaining Confirmation and may not be relied upon for any other purpose.  The Debtors believe that the summary of certain provisions of the Plan and certain other documents and financial information contained or referenced in this Disclosure Statement is fair and accurate.  The summaries of the financial information and the documents attached to this Disclosure Statement, or otherwise incorporated herein by reference, are qualified in their entirety by reference to those documents.  In the event of any inconsistency between this Disclosure Statement and the Plan, the relevant provision of the Plan, as it relates to such inconsistency, shall govern.
 
 
1

 
No representations concerning the Debtors or the value of the Debtors’ property has been authorized by the Debtors other than as set forth in this Disclosure Statement.  Any information, representations, or inducements made to obtain acceptance of the Plan, which are other than or inconsistent with the information contained in this Disclosure Statement and in the Plan, should not be relied upon by any Holder of a Claim or Interest entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan.
 
Neither the United States Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) nor any similar federal, state, local, or foreign regulatory agency, has approved or disapproved of the offered securities or the Plan or passed upon the accuracy or adequacy of the statements contained in this Disclosure Statement.
 
The Debtors have sought to ensure the accuracy of the financial information provided in this Disclosure Statement, but the financial information contained in, or incorporated by reference into, this Disclosure Statement has not been and will not be audited or reviewed by the Debtors’ independent auditors unless explicitly provided otherwise.
 
The shares of common stock to be issued pursuant to the Plan (i.e., the New Equity), as described in this Disclosure Statement, will be issued without registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), or similar federal, state, local, or foreign laws, in reliance on the exemptions from the registration requirements of those laws and the exemption set forth in section 1145 of the Bankruptcy Code and other applicable exemptions in foreign jurisdictions.  Other shares of the New Equity may be issued pursuant to other applicable exemptions under the federal and foreign securities laws.  To the extent exemptions from registration other than section 1145 apply, such securities may not be offered or sold except pursuant to a valid exemption or registration under the Securities Act or similar foreign laws.
 
The Debtors make statements in this Disclosure Statement that are considered forward-looking statements under the federal securities laws.  The Debtors consider all statements herein regarding anticipated or future matters, including but not limited to statements about the following, to be forward-looking statements:
 
any future effects from the Chapter 11 Cases;
growth opportunities;
financing plans;
results of litigation;
competitive position;
disruption of operations;
business strategy;
contractual obligations;
budgets;
projected general market conditions;
projected cost reductions;
potential asset sales;
capital expenditure and liquidity requirements;
the impact of future regulations;
the Debtors’ ability to secure project bids;
future demand for the Debtors’ products; and
the Debtors’ expected future financial position, liquidity, results of operations, profitability, and cash flows;
projected and estimated liability costs, including tort and environmental costs and costs of environmental remediation.
plans and objectives of management for future operations;
   
 
 
2

 
Statements concerning these and other matters are not guarantees of the Debtors’ future performance.  Such statements represent the Debtors’ estimates and assumptions only as of the date such statements were made.  There are risks, uncertainties, and other important factors that could cause the Debtors’ actual performance or achievements to be materially different from those they may project, and the Debtors undertake no obligation to update any such statement.  These risks, uncertainties, and factors include but are not limited to:
 
labor costs;
multinational business risks;
limited access to capital resources;
adverse tax or regulatory changes;
lower prices for the Debtors’ services or a decline in the Debtors’ market share due to competition or price pressure by customers;
the Debtors’ ability to implement cost reduction initiatives in a timely and effective manner;
the Debtors’ ability to confirm and consummate the Plan;
price increases or shortages of raw materials and energy;
the Debtors’ overall level of indebtedness and ability to reduce their overall financial leverage;
continued decline in the general economic, business, and market conditions where the Debtors operate;
changes in domestic laws and regulations;
interest rate fluctuations;
customer response to the Chapter 11 Cases;
financial conditions of the Debtors’ customers;
unexpected equipment failures or damage to the Debtors’ manufacturing facilities;
decreases in the levels of capital investment expenditures by the Debtors’ customers;
seasonality and weather conditions;
inability to have claims discharged or settled during the Chapter 11 Cases; and
disruptions in the Debtors’ operations due to natural disasters;
commodity prices.
possible termination of the RSA (as defined below);    
 
Questions and Answers Regarding this Disclosure Statement and the Plan
 
Why are the Debtors sending me this Disclosure Statement?
 
The Debtors are soliciting acceptances of the Plan and seeking to obtain Bankruptcy Court approval of the Plan.  Prior to soliciting acceptances of a proposed plan, section 1125 of the Bankruptcy Code requires a debtor to prepare and distribute to holders of claims and interests entitled to vote on the Plan a disclosure statement containing adequate information of a kind, and in sufficient detail, to enable a hypothetical reasonable investor to make an informed judgment on whether to accept or reject the Plan.  The Debtors are sending you this Disclosure Statement in accordance with those requirements.
 
 
3

 
Am I entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan?  What will I receive from the Debtors if the Plan is consummated?
 
Your ability to vote and your distribution, if any, depend on the kind of Claim or Interest that you hold.  As required under section 1123(a)(1) of the Bankruptcy Code, Administrative Claims, DIP Facility Claims, and Priority Tax Claims have not been classified.  Such Claims must be satisfied in full in Cash on the Effective Date or, in the case of Priority Tax Claims, within 5 years of the Effective Date in accordance with section 1129(a)(9)(C).  Administrative Claims, DIP Facility Claims, and Priority Tax Claims are not entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan and are conclusively presumed to have accepted the Plan.  The remainder of Claims and Interests are classified into the following Classes and their respective voting statuses and projected recoveries under the Plan are as follows:
 
Class
Claims and Interests
Status
Voting Rights
Projected
Recovery
Class 1
Other Priority Claims
Unimpaired
Not Entitled to Vote
(Presumed to Accept)
100%
Class 2
Other Secured Claims
Unimpaired
Not Entitled to Vote
(Presumed to Accept)
100%
Class 3
First Lien
Loan Claims
Impaired
Entitled to Vote
100% of New Equity
Class 4
Qualified Unsecured Trade Claims
Impaired
Entitled to Vote
100%
Class 5
General Unsecured Claims
Impaired
Entitled to Vote
100%2
Class 6
Section 510(b) Claims
Impaired
Not Entitled to Vote (Deemed to Reject)
0%
Class 7
Intercompany Claims
Unimpaired
Not Entitled to Vote
(Presumed to Accept/Deemed to Reject)
100%/0%
Class 8
Intercompany Interests
Unimpaired
Not Entitled to Vote
(Presumed to Accept/Deemed to Reject)
100%/0%
Class 9
Parent Equity Interests
Impaired
Not Entitled to Vote
(Deemed to Reject)
0%

For more information about the treatment of Claims and Interests, see the section herein entitled “Treatment of Claims and Interests.”
____________________________
 
2
Holders of Allowed General Unsecured Claims will receive their Pro Rata share of the General Unsecured Claims Recovery Pool, which the Debtors anticipate will be sufficient to pay Allowed General Unsecured Claims in full.
 
4

 
If the Plan provides that I get a distribution, when do I get it, and what do you mean when you refer to “Confirmation,” “Effective Date,” and “Consummation?”
 
Confirmation of the Plan refers to the Bankruptcy Court’s approval of the Plan.  Confirmation of the Plan does not guarantee that you will receive the distribution indicated under the Plan.  After Confirmation of the Plan, there are conditions (described in Article IX of the Plan) that need to be satisfied or waived so that the Plan can be consummated and go effective.  References to the Effective Date mean the date that all conditions to the Plan have been satisfied or waived, at which point the Plan may be “consummated.”  Distributions only will be made after Consummation of the Plan.  See the section herein entitled “Confirmation of the Plan,” for a discussion of the conditions to Consummation.
 
How will the Debtors fund distributions under the Plan?
 
The Debtors will fund distributions under the Plan with Cash on hand, including Cash from operations, as well as proceeds from the Exit Facility.
 
How is the Plan going to be implemented?
 
The Restructuring Transactions will be effected in accordance with the Restructuring Transactions Memorandum.  The Debtors shall issue the New Equity and fund the General Unsecured Claims Recovery Pool on the Effective Date.
 
What is the effect of the Plan on the Debtors’ ongoing business?
 
           The Debtors are reorganizing under chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code.  As a result, Confirmation means that the Debtors will not be liquidated or forced to go out of business.  Following Confirmation, the Plan will be consummated on the Effective Date, which is a date selected by the Debtors that is reasonably acceptable to the Required Lenders and that is a business day after which all conditions to Consummation have been satisfied or waived.  On or after the Effective Date, and unless otherwise provided in the Plan, the Reorganized Debtors may operate their businesses and, except as otherwise provided by the Plan, may use, acquire or dispose of property and compromise or settle any Claims, Interests, or Causes of Action without supervision or approval by the Bankruptcy Court and free of any restrictions of the Bankruptcy Code or Bankruptcy Rules.  Additionally, upon the Effective Date, all actions contemplated by the Plan will be deemed authorized and approved.
 
Will there be releases and exculpation granted to parties in interest as part of the Plan?
 
Yes, the Plan proposes to release and exculpate each of:  (a) the DIP Agent, the DIP Lenders, and the Holders of DIP Facility Claims, in each case, in their capacity as such;  (b) the Priming Loan Lenders and the Priming Loan Agent; (c) Holders of the First Lien Loan Claims; (d) the Exit Facility agent and lenders, in each case, in their capacity as such; (e) the official committee of unsecured creditors appointed in the Chapter 11 Cases, if any; and (f) with respect to each of the foregoing entities in clauses (a) through (e), such person’s current and former Affiliates, subsidiaries, officers, directors, principals, employees, agents, financial advisors, attorneys, accountants, investment bankers, consultants, representatives, and other professionals, in each case in their capacity as such; and (g) the Debtors’ and the Reorganized Debtors’ current  Affiliates (including CHS Capital), including the Non-Filers, subsidiaries, officers, directors, principals, employees, agents, financial advisors, attorneys, accountants, investment bankers, consultants, representatives, and other professionals, in each case in their capacity as such.
 
The Debtors’ releases, third-party releases, and exculpation provisions included in the Plan are an integral part of the Debtors’ overall restructuring efforts.  All of the parties included in the definition “Released Parties” have made a substantial contribution to the Debtors’ restructuring effort, whether through the provision of DIP financing or efforts to negotiate and implement the Plan, which will preserve the going-concern value of the Debtors for the benefit of all parties in interest.  Each of the DIP Agent, the DIP Lenders, the Priming Loan Agent, the Priming Loan Lenders, the Holders of First Lien Loan Claims, the agent and lenders under the Exit Facility, and the official committee of unsecured creditors (if any) is warranted the benefit of the release and exculpation provisions.
 
 
5

 
Based on the foregoing, the Debtors believe that the releases in the Plan are necessary and appropriate and meet the requisite legal standard in the Third Circuit.  Moreover, the Debtors will present evidence at the Confirmation Hearing to demonstrate the basis for and propriety of the release and exculpation provisions.
 
Each Holder of a Claim or an Interest in the Debtors that (a) is entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan and votes to accept the Plan or (b) is Unimpaired and presumed to accept the Plan will be deemed to have expressly, unconditionally, generally and individually and collectively released and discharged all Claims and Causes of Action against the Debtors and the Released Parties.  The releases in the Plan represent an integral element of the Plan.
 
What are the contents of the solicitation packages to be sent to Holders of Claims and Interests who are eligible to vote to accept or reject the Plan?
 
Holders of Interests are not eligible to vote on the Plan.  Holders of Claims who are eligible to vote to accept or reject the Plan will receive appropriate solicitation materials including:
 
 
·
a cover letter explaining the solicitation process and urging Holders of Claims in the Classes entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan (the “Voting Classes”) to vote to accept the Plan;
 
 
·
this Disclosure Statement (and exhibits thereto, including the Plan);
 
 
·
the order approving this Disclosure Statement (excluding the exhibits thereto);
 
 
·
the notice of the hearing to consider Confirmation of the Plan;
 
 
·
an appropriate Class 3 Ballot, Class 4 Ballot, or Class 5 Ballot (each as defined below and collectively, the “Ballots”), as applicable, to vote to accept or reject the Plan (together with detailed voting instructions and a pre-addressed, postage prepaid return envelope); and
 
 
·
such other materials as the Court may direct.
 
Parties in interest not entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan will receive a notice explaining that this Disclosure Statement, the Plan, and all of the exhibits thereto are (and, in the future, the Plan Supplement will be) available for viewing by any party by (a) contacting the Debtors’ restructuring hotline at (844) 205-4335 or the Debtors’ Noticing Agent at GSE Environmental, Inc., et al., c/o Prime Clerk LLC, 830 Third Avenue, 9th Floor, New York, New York 10022 or by email at gseballots@primeclerk.com; (b) downloading such documents (excluding the Ballots) from the Debtors’ restructuring website at http://cases.primeclerk.com/gse; or by (c) visiting the Bankruptcy Court’s website (for a fee) at http://www.deb.uscourts.gov.
 
 
6

 
Will the Debtors file reports with the SEC?
 
The Debtors expect to continue filing reports under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (as amended) with the SEC during the Chapter 11 Cases.
 
What rights will the Debtors’ new stockholders have?
 
The rights of the Debtors’ new stockholders will be set forth in a stockholders’ agreement, the form of which the Debtors will file as part of the Plan Supplement.
 
Where will Reorganized GSE Holding, Inc. and Reorganized GSE Environmental, Inc. be organized?
 
Reorganized GSE Holding, Inc. and Reorganized GSE Environmental, Inc. will both be organized in the United States under the Delaware General Corporation Law.
 
How will the New Equity be distributed?  Will holders be entitled to stock certificates?
 
The New Equity in Reorganized GSE Holding, Inc. is expected to be distributed to Holders of First Lien Loan Claims from GSE Environmental, Inc.
 
It is not expected that holders of New Equity will be entitled to stock certificates.
 
What is the deadline to vote on the Plan?
 
5:00 p.m., prevailing Eastern Time, on [_____], 2014 at 5:00 p.m., prevailing Eastern Time.
 
How do I vote to accept or reject the Plan?
 
The Debtors are distributing this Disclosure Statement, accompanied by an appropriate Ballot to be used for voting to accept or reject the Plan, to the Holders of Claims entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan.  If you are a Holder of a Claim in Class 3, 4, or 5, you may vote to accept or reject the Plan by completing, respectively, the Ballot for Holders of Class 3 Claims (the “Class 3 Ballot”), the Ballot for Holders of Class 4 Claims (the “Class 4 Ballot”), or the Ballot for Holders of Class 5 Claims (the “Class 5 Ballot”) and returning it in the envelope provided.
 
The Debtors have engaged Prime Clerk LLC to serve as the Noticing Agent.  The Noticing Agent is available to answer questions, provide additional copies of all materials, and oversee the voting process.  The Noticing Agent will process and tabulate Ballots for each Class entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan.
 
 
7

 
 
BALLOTS
Ballots must be actually received by the Noticing Agent by the Voting Deadline, which is 5:00 p.m., prevailing Eastern Time, on [_____] at the following address:
GSE Environmental, Inc., et al.
c/o Prime Clerk LLC
830 Third Avenue, 9th Floor
New York, New York 10022
If you have any questions on the procedure for voting on the Plan, please call the Noticing Agent at (844) 205-4335, or email at gseballots@primeclerk.com.
 
More detailed instructions regarding how to vote on the Plan are contained on the Ballots distributed to Holders of Claims that are entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan.  For your vote to be counted, your Ballot must be completed, signed, and received by the Voting Deadline.  Any Ballot received by the Noticing Agent after the Voting Deadline will not be counted unless the Debtors determine, in their sole and absolute discretion, to count the untimely Ballot.
 
Any Ballot that is properly executed by the Holder of a Claim, but which does not clearly indicate an acceptance or rejection of the Plan, or which indicates both an acceptance and a rejection of the Plan, will not be counted.
 
Each Holder of a Claim entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan may cast only one Ballot for each Claim held by such Holder.  By signing and returning a Ballot, each Holder of a Claim in Class 3, 4, or 5 will certify to the Bankruptcy Court and the Debtors that no other Ballots with respect to such Claim have been cast or, if any other Ballots have been cast with respect to the applicable Class of Claims, that any earlier Ballots are superseded and revoked by the last, timely-filed Ballot.
 
All Ballots are accompanied by return envelopes.  It is important to follow the specific instructions provided on each Ballot.
 
When is the Confirmation Hearing expected to occur?
 
The Bankruptcy Court has scheduled the Confirmation Hearing for [_____] at [_____], prevailing Eastern Time.  The Confirmation Hearing may be adjourned from time to time without further notice except for an announcement of the adjourned date made at the Confirmation Hearing or by notice of any adjournment of the Confirmation Hearing filed by the Debtors and posted on their website at http://cases.primeclerk.com/gse.
 
The Debtors’ History and the Chapter 11 Cases
 
The Company’s Businesses
 
The Company is a leading global provider of highly engineered geosynthetic containment solutions for environmental protection and confinement applications.  The majority of the Company’s products serve as barriers that prevent the transmission of undesirable fluids and solids that could contaminate ground water or otherwise pollute the environment, and the Company’s products are utilized across a broad spectrum of end markets, including:  (a) waste management; (b) mining; (c) liquid containment (including water infrastructure, agriculture, and aquaculture); (d) coal ash containment; and (e) oil and gas.  The Company’s containment solutions prevent common environmental problems associated with these end markets through a wide range of geosynthetic products.
 
 
8

 
The Company’s lining solutions are manufactured primarily from polyethylene resins (a type of plastic) and proprietary additives.  Because the Company’s products play a mission-critical role in the safe containment of materials and groundwater protection across a wide range of applications, the Company’s products must meet a broad array of exacting quality standards, including with respect to impermeability, structural integrity, resistance to weathering and ultraviolet degradation, and usefulness after extended chemical exposure.
 
Given its broad geographic presence and diversified product line, the Company is one of only a few geosynthetic lining solution manufacturers capable of meeting the specific performance and regulatory standards required to supply large, complex projects on a global basis.  Moreover, the Company is the technological leader in its industry, and its global network of engineers often collaborate with international standards organizations to develop regional specifications and standards for existing and new product applications.
 
Not surprisingly, the demand for geosynthetics is heavily influenced by environmental regulations.  As such, the Company’s collaboration with these international standards organizations helps to ensure that newly promulgated environmental regulations are geared around the specifications of the Company’s product line.  Consequently, the Company is well-positioned to capture new opportunities from the implementation and enforcement of more stringent environmental regulations driven by increasing environmental awareness globally, especially in emerging markets.
 
A.
End Markets and Applications
 
The Company focuses primarily on providing containment products for global waste management, mining, liquid containment, coal ash containment, and oil and gas end markets.  The Company’s products are used in a variety of material containment and environmental protection applications by end-users in these industries, including some of the largest mining, waste management, power, and other civil and industrial infrastructure companies in the world.
 
 
·
Waste Management.  Geosynthetics are used in the construction of landfill liner systems for solid waste containment to prevent landfill runoff from entering the surrounding soil and groundwater.  Such geosynthetic liners are also used as caps to prevent the escape of greenhouse gases, control odors, and limit rainwater infiltration of landfills.  The waste management end market accounts for approximately 35 percent of the Company’s revenue.
 
 
·
Mining.  Geosynthetics are used in the heap leach mining process, which involves pouring acid leachate over mined ore to separate the targeted metals and minerals from the ore.  Geosynthetic liners also provide protection in other mining processes which result in water that is contaminated with materials left over from separating the valuable fraction from the uneconomic fraction of an ore, also known as “water-borne tailings.”  This end market is driven by (a) the demand for metals such as copper, gold, and lithium, and minerals such as phosphate, and (b) the need for new mining infrastructure to satisfy such demand.  The mining end market accounts for approximately 25 percent of the Company’s revenue.
 
 
9

 
 
·
Liquid Containment.  Geosynthetic products are used to prevent water leakage in a wide variety of civil engineering and water infrastructure applications, such as water treatment facilities, reservoirs, canals, and dams.  In addition to preventing water leakage, geosynthetics are also used in agriculture and aquaculture applications—such as irrigation waterways and fish farming ponds—to reinforce structural integrity, as well as to protect against soil erosion and weed growth.  The liquid containment end market accounts for approximately 17 percent of the Company’s revenue.
 
 
·
Coal Ash Containment.  The Company’s geosynthetic products are used in connection with coal-burning power plants to prevent the runoff of coal ash—a byproduct thereof—which can contaminate soil and groundwater.  These lining solutions are used by electric utilities and other non-utility, industrial coal burning sites. The coal ash containment end market accounts for approximately 5 percent of the Company’s revenue.
 
 
·
Oil & Gas.  The Company’s products are used in a number of applications in the drilling and production of oil and gas, including the fracking industry.  Geosynthetics are used to line storage and disposal ponds holding freshwater required for hydraulic fracking, fracking chemicals, and flowback water, by-products containing high levels of the salt, down-well chemicals, and metals used in the fracking process, brine ponds, and mud pits.  The oil and gas end market accounts for approximately 7 percent of the Company’s revenue.
 
B.  
Products
 
The Company’s primary product lines include geomembranes, drainage products, geosynthetic clay liners, nonwoven geotextiles, and specialty products.  The Company’s products can be used on stand-alone bases or packaged together multifaceted, custom solutions designed to meet unique containment requirements of the Company’s customers.
 
 
1.
Geomembranes
 
Geomembranes are geosynthetic lining materials which are used as barriers for both fluids and solids in the waste management, mining, and liquid containment markets.  Geomembranes are manufactured from polyethylene and polypropylene resins with additives designed to resist weathering, ultraviolet degradation, and chemical exposure for extended periods of time.  The Company is by far the largest global provider of geomembrane solutions, with a market share of nearly 25 percent.  Sales for geomembranes accounted for approximately 75 percent of the Company’s 2013 revenue.
 
 
2.
Drainage Products
 
The Company’s drainage products include geonets and geocomposites, which are products designed to complement or replace sand, stone, and gravel in applications such as erosion control, foundation wall damage, and pavement drainage.  These products are typically installed along with geomembranes in a liner system to keep liquids from accumulating on the liners.  The Company’s drainage solutions also include geogrids, another form of geosythetics used in the mining, transportation, waste management, and oil and gas markets to improve the structural integrity of soils, slopes, and walls.  Sales for drainage products accounted for approximately 10 percent of the Company’s 2013 revenue.
 
 
10

 
 
3.
Geosynthetic Clay Liners
 
Geosynthetic clay liners are typically installed as the bottom layer of a liner system and are used in the Company’s waste management, liquid containment, and coal ash end markets.  The Company combines geosynthetics with sodium bentonite clay to form a highly impermeable barrier that can replace thick layers of expensive compacted clay.  Sales for geosynthetic clay liners accounted for approximately 8 percent of the Company’s 2013 revenue.
 
 
4.
Nonwoven Geotextiles
 
Nonwoven geotextiles are synthetic, staple fiber, nonwoven needle-punched fabrics used in environmental and other industrial applications that include filtration, soil stabilization, separation, drainage, and gas transmission, cushion, and liner protection applications.  The Company’s customers often include these products as protective layers underneath geomembrane liners, shielding such geomembrane liners from rocks or other protrusions.  The Company also uses nonwoven geotextiles for the construction of roadways, although they are primarily used internally to manufacture drainage products and geosynthetic clay liners.  Sales for nonwoven geotextiles accounted for approximately 2 percent of the Company’s 2013 revenue.
 
 
5.
Specialty Products
 
In addition to its main product lines, the Company also manufactures products tailored and custom-made to meet unique customer needs.  For example, the Company produces tanks, pipe boots, corners, sumps, and other ancillary parts that are fit to the Company’s liners in order to reduce installation time.  The Company also offers vertical barrier systems that block the lateral migration of subsurface fluids and studded geomembranes which protect against corrosion and deterioration of concrete structures, including tanks, pipes, and drainage channels.  The Company offers its specialty products in a wide range of markets, including environmental, aquaculture, and civil applications.  Sales for specialty and other products accounted for approximately 6 percent of the Company’s 2013 revenue.
 
C.
Raw Materials and Supply Chain Management
 
The Company’s principal products are manufactured primarily from specially formulated high grade polyethylene resins with chemical additives.  These resin-based materials, derived from crude petroleum and natural gas, represent approximately 80 percent of the Company’s cost of goods sold.  Because raw materials account for such a large part of the Company’s expenditures, the Company has taken steps in recent years to reduce the risk of volatility in resin costs to its profitability.  Where possible, the Company maintains at least two suppliers for most of their raw materials at each manufacturing location in order to protect against potential supply shortages and to avoid reliance on a single supplier.  Internally, the Company has taken several steps to improve its ability to forecast resin pricing and price its bids for resins accordingly.  These steps include retaining a highly experienced polyethylene pricing expert, as well as improving bid approval procedures and creating a sales managers’ commission program that is tied to the Company’s gross profit.
 
In general, the Company’s raw material orders are flexible and do not contain minimum purchase volumes or fixed prices.  Only about ten percent of the Company’s sales relate to long-term contracts, which are tied to published resin price indexes.  The remaining 90 percent of sales relate to contracts that contain re-pricing provisions after 30 days at the Company’s option.  The Company passes fluctuations in the cost of raw materials through to its clients, but, as described above, proactively manages the cost of resin purchases to both limit the need to re-price projects already under contract and better manage customer relationships.
 
 
11

 
D.
Customers and Competition
 
The Company maintains a strongly diversified customer base, with approximately 1,300 customers worldwide.  The Company’s engineering and technical sales personnel primarily target national or regional waste management companies, independent installers of geosynthetic liners, and mining, power, and industrial companies.  In 2013, the Company’s top ten customers represented approximately 21 percent of its total sales, and no single customer represented more than ten percent of the Company’s total sales.  Additionally, the Company’s customer base is geographically diverse, with the Company selling its products in approximately 100 countries.  This diverse customer base across a range of end markets and geographies helps support a stable demand for the Company’s products; indeed, in its highly competitive industry, the Company is the only industry participant with both (a) the ability to supply its customers with complete geosynthetic lining solutions and (b) the geographic reach to effectively serve a global market and respond to demand internationally.
 
The Company maintains leading positions in its various markets due to the superior performance and quality of its lining systems combined with competitive pricing.  The Company is one of the few businesses to offer multiple types of geosynthetic products.  With sales of approximately $419 million in 2013, the Company controls nearly 25 percent of the geomembrane market share, while the remaining landscape is fragmented with small- and medium-sized companies that offer only one or a few product types or lack global reach.  The Company leverages its global presence by centralizing purchasing to ensure raw materials are purchased at the most economical prices, thereby taking advantage of economies of scale to which smaller competitors do not have access.
 
E.
Employees
 
The Company employs approximately 625 employees worldwide, with the Debtors employing approximately 240 employees on a full-time basis.  Approximately 140 of the Debtors’ full time employees are paid on an hourly basis and approximately 100 receive a salary.  The Debtors’ workforce also includes approximately 15 individuals who are currently working part-time or are employed through temporary staffing agencies.  The Debtors’ highly skilled employees occupy a variety of positions, including manufacturing, engineering, and sales.  None of the Company’s workers are subject to a collective bargaining agreement, but approximately 20 employees of a non-Debtor subsidiary at a facility in Chile are subject to a collective bargaining agreement.
 
F.
Seasonality
 
Because a significant portion of the Company’s customers have projects in the northern hemisphere, a majority of the Company’s products are delivered during the summer and fall of each year, when weather is milder.  As a result, the Company’s sales in the first and fourth quarters of each calendar year have historically been lower than sales in the second and third quarters.   The impact of this seasonality is partially offset by the Company’s mining and liquid containment end markets, which are primarily located in the southern hemisphere.  As the Company’s mining end market becomes a greater source of sales, the Company expects seasonality to be further mitigated.
 
G.
Intellectual Property
 
The Company owns and controls a number of trade secrets, trademarks, patents, and other intellectual property rights that, in the aggregate, are important to the Company’s businesses.  The Company’s intellectual property portfolio protects the Company’s trademark, logo, and certain key components of their products.  The Company’s superior products and associated intellectual property portfolio provide the primary means by which the Company maintains its competitive advantage.
 
 
12

 
Historical Overview
 
In 1981, the Company was founded under the name Gundle Corporation and was the first company to utilize high-density polyethylene products in environmental protection barrier and lining systems.  Over the next five years, the Company’s business rapidly expanded.  By 1986, with business continuing to grow, the Company completed an initial public offering and was listed on the New York Stock Exchange.  Over the next two decades, the Company continued to develop new lining products, added manufacturing capabilities, and expanded its distribution network.  As part of this growth process, Gundle Corporation merged with SLT Environmental, Inc. in 1995 to create GSE Lining Technology, Inc., and in 2002, GSE Lining Technology, Inc. acquired Serrot International, Inc., which significantly improved the Company’s global scale and established the Company as a global leader in geosynthetic containment solutions.
 
In May 2004, the Company’s principal stockholder, CHS Capital LLC, acquired a majority ownership interest in GSE Holding, Inc., the Company’s ultimate parent entity, and took the Company private as part of its acquisition.  Almost eight years later, on February 15, 2012, GSE Holding, Inc. completed another initial public offering.  The Company used the proceeds from this offering to repay portions of its outstanding debt and to fund working capital and other general corporate purposes.  Subsequently, the Company continued to expand its business and, in 2013, acquired the equity interests of SynTec, LLC, which gave the Company access to the civil engineering market, brought geogrid applications to existing end markets, and gave the Company exclusive access to certain patents which will increase the depth of the Company’s product offerings.  Most recently, the Company expanded its world-wide presence in 2014 by opening a new manufacturing plant in Suzhou, China, which is well-positioned in a key emerging market.  The Company’s corporate organization is depicted on the chart attached hereto as Exhibit D.
 
The Debtors’ Prepetition Capital Structure
 
As of the Petition Date, the Debtors have total consolidated funded debt of approximately $193.1 million, all of which is secured by security interests in or liens on the Debtors’ assets.  These obligations are comprised of:  (a) $18.0 million of principal obligations under the Super Priority Credit Facility; (b) $173.4 million of principal obligations under the First Lien Credit Facility; and (c) $1.7 million of obligations under certain capital leases (collectively, the “Prepetition Debt Obligations”).  These amounts exclude accrued interest and fees outstanding through the Petition Date as well as open but undrawn letters of credit.
 
A.
The Super Priority Credit Agreement
 
GSE Environmental, Inc. is the borrower under that certain First Lien Revolving Credit Agreement, dated as of January 10, 2014 (as amended from time to time and with all supplements and exhibits thereto, the “Super Priority Credit Agreement”), by and between GSE Environmental, Inc., the lenders party thereto, and Cantor Fitzgerald Securities, as successor administrative and collateral agent.  The Super Priority Credit Agreement provides the Debtors with a credit facility, subject to the terms and conditions set forth therein (the “Super Priority Credit Facility”), which was intended to provide the Debtors liquidity to support their operations while simultaneously pursuing a sale process, as described in greater detail below.  Thus, the Super Priority Credit Agreement contains certain milestones that required (a) the Debtors to distribute an information memorandum to prospective buyers by January 17, 2014, (b) interested bidders to submit letters of intent by February 21, 2014, and (c) the Debtors to consummate a sale by March 30, 2014 (which date was subsequently changed to April 30, 2014, by amendment).  The Super Priority Credit Facility matured on April 30, 2014, subject to certain extensions allowed by its terms.
 
 
13

 
Obligations arising under the Super Priority Credit Facility are guaranteed on a super priority senior secured basis by each of the Debtors.  The obligations arising under the Super Priority Credit Facility are also secured by liens on substantially all of the Debtors’ assets, subject to certain exceptions, as well as the pledged stock of the Debtors and non-Debtor affiliates GSE International, Inc. and GSE Lining Technology Chile S.A.3
 
The Debtors intend to use proceeds from their proposed DIP Facility to pay all of their obligations under the Super Priority Credit Facility.
 
B.
The First Lien Credit Agreement
 
GSE Environmental, Inc. is the borrower under that certain First Lien Credit Agreement, dated as of May 27, 2011 (as amended from time to time and with all supplements and exhibits thereto, the “First Lien Credit Agreement”), by and between GSE Environmental, Inc., the lenders party thereto, and Cantor Fitzgerald Securities, as successor administrative and collateral agent.  The First Lien Credit Agreement provides the Debtors with a term loan (the “Term Loan”) and a revolving credit facility (the “Revolver” and together with the Term Loan, the “First Lien Credit Facility”) subject to the terms and conditions set forth therein.  The Debtors use approximately $2 million of the Revolver in the form of letters of credit.  Obligations arising under the First Lien Credit Facility are guaranteed on a senior secured basis by each of the Debtors.  The First Lien Credit Agreement contains certain milestones that required (a) the Debtors to distribute an information memorandum to prospective buyers by January 17, 2014, (b) interested bidders to submit letters of intent by February 21, 2014, and (c) the Debtors to consummate a sale by March 30, 2014 (which date was subsequently changed to April 30, 2014, by amendment).  Obligations arising under the First Lien Credit Facility are secured by liens on substantially all of the Debtors’ assets, subject to certain exceptions, as well as the pledged stock of the Debtors and non-Debtor affiliates GSE International, Inc. and GSE Lining Technology Chile S.A.4
 
C.
The Debtors’ Other Obligations
 
 
1.
Capital Leases
 
During 2012, Debtor GSE Environmental, LLC entered into three equipment financing agreements.  The first lease is with Susquehanna Commercial Finance, Inc. for equipment used to transport railcars, and it matures on April 19, 2015.  As of March 31, 2014, there was approximately $68,000 outstanding under this lease arrangement at an implied interest rate of 8.72 percent.  The second lease is with CapitalSource Bank for geosynthetic clay liner production equipment, and it matures on July 31, 2015.  As of March 31, 2014, there was approximately $1.7 million outstanding under this lease arrangement at an implied interest rate of 7.09 percent.  The third lease is with NMHG Financial Services for a truck, and it matures on May 5, 2016.  As of March 31, 2014, there was approximately $19,000 outstanding under this lease arrangement at an implied interest rate of 5.42 percent.  Each of the Debtors’ capital leases are secured by a first lien on the financed equipment.
 
____________________________
3
Only 65 percent of GSE Environmental, Inc.’s stock in non-Debtors GSE International, Inc. and GSE Lining Technology Chile S.A. is pledged in support of the Super Priority Credit Agreement.
 
4
Only 65 percent of GSE Environmental, Inc.’s stock in non-Debtors GSE International, Inc. and GSE Lining Technology Chile S.A. is pledged in support of the First Lien Credit Agreement.
 
14

 
 
2.
Other Secured Claims
 
In the ordinary course of business, the Debtors routinely transact business with a number of third-party contractors and vendors who may be able to assert liens against the Debtors and their property (such as equipment) if the Debtors fail to pay for the goods delivered or services rendered.  These parties perform various services for the Debtors, including manufacturing and repairing equipment and component parts necessary for the Debtors’ manufacturing facilities, as well as shipping the Debtors’ products.
 
Events Leading to the Chapter 11 Cases
 
Economic Recession and Prepetition Investments
 
The ongoing European recession, the downturn in the global mining industry, increased competition domestically and internationally, and escalated operational expenditures and employee spending under prior management have have put a strain on the Company’s financial condition.  Additionally, at the same time that revenue declined in recent years, the Company made significant investments in growth capital expenditures.  While the Company expects that these investments will play an important role in their future success, this spending unfortunately coincided with an unanticipated downturn in the Company’s financial performance.
 
The Company’s current management has taken a series of operational and financial measures in an attempt to respond to challenging market conditions.  These include attempting to broaden their supplier base and thereby increasing price competition, finding alternative sources of resins, and focusing on higher margin products.  The Company’s efforts to broaden and improve supplier support have been hampered by the deterioration in its businesses and the uncertain future regarding its recapitalization and sale process.  The Company has also started implementing measures which will result in $14 million in annual cost savings, including trimming professional fees and employee headcount.  Nevertheless, given the severity of their current cash flow situation, the Company has been unable to maintain profitability through cost-cutting and self-help measures alone.
 
First Lien Credit Facility Amendments, the Super Priority Credit Agreement, and Sale Efforts
 
Upon recognizing that they would have trouble meeting their First Lien Credit Agreement financial covenants, the Debtors entered into the sixth amendment to the First Lien Credit Agreement (the “Sixth Amendment”) in July 2013.  In addition to waiving any default caused by the Debtors’ failure to be in compliance with their total leverage ratios as of June 30, 2013, and modifying the maximum total leverage ratios under the First Lien Credit Agreement, the Sixth Amendment required the Debtors to use their best efforts to raise $30 million of unsecured mezzanine debt or other subordinated capital on or before October 31, 2013.  In July 2013, the Debtors engaged Moelis & Company LLC (“Moelis”) to assist them with seeking to raise these funds, the first $20 million of which was to be applied to pay down the First Lien Credit Facility.  Despite their best efforts, the Debtors were unable to secure such financing as of the October 31, 2013, deadline.  Beginning in September 2013, the Debtors also sought to secure a complete refinancing of their First Lien Credit Facility.  To that end, the Debtors conducted a three-month financing process, which involved contacting 71 potential investors.  However, such efforts were ultimately unsuccessful.
 
In January 2014, in danger of failing to comply with certain covenants in the First Lien Credit Agreement, the Debtors entered into the seventh amendment to the First Lien Credit Agreement (the “Seventh Amendment”) and the Super Priority Credit Agreement.  The First Lien Credit Agreement lenders required that the Debtors consummate a sale process by March 30, 2014—later extended to April 30, 2014—using the proceeds from any sale to repay their indebtedness.
 
 
15

 
With the assistance of Moelis, the Debtors contacted approximately 120 buyers in early January 2014.  Of those prospective buyers, nine submitted indications of interest.  After careful analysis and discussion with their advisors, the Debtors invited three of these prospective buyers to management presentations and granted them access to the Debtors’ dataroom.  After completing their initial due diligence, all three prospective buyers submitted letters of intent by February 21, 2014, the milestone set forth in the Seventh Amendment.  Additionally, the Company received a letter of intent from one prospective buyer after February 21, 2014.   The initial bids proposed in these letters were within a range which did not provide sufficient value to repay the Company’s current and projected funded indebtedness.  Although the Debtors pursued multiple prospective buyers in an effort to capitalize on bidding dynamics, the final range of bids was likewise insufficient.  Indeed, Moelis determined that even the highest final bid would have resulted in a recovery to first lien holders of less than 70 percent of their claims.  The Company made every effort to attract higher bids, including agreeing to a letter of intent with a prospective buyer and sharing access to a dataroom of its operational and financial information, arranging additional site visits, scheduling meetings with Company personnel, and providing limited expense reimbursement.  At the same time, in order to pursue all available options, the Debtors worked with their lenders on structuring alternative restructuring transactions.
 
The RSA
 
Simultaneously with the sale process, the Debtors entered into negotiations with the First Lien Lenders to identify alternative transaction structures if the sale process did not result in an acceptable offer.  As it became clear that a sale process would not yield a bid that cleared the par value of the Debtors’ prepetition funded debt, negotiations with the First Lien Lenders intensified.  Following good faith negotiations among the Debtors and those lenders, the terms of their comprehensive deal were memorialized among the parties in that certain Restructuring Support Agreement (the “RSA”), a copy of which is attached as Exhibit A to the Declaration of Dean Swick in Support of First Day Motions.  Among other things, the RSA sets forth the proposed treatment of Claims and Interests in a chapter 11 plan of reorganization, including the following:
 
·
claims arising under the Super Priority Credit Facility will be refinanced through a DIP loan;
 
·
administrative expense claims (including DIP financing claims) and prepetition priority claims (including tax claims) will be paid in full upon emergence (or, in the case of priority tax claims, treated in accordance with section 1129(a)(9)(C))
 
·
holders of claims arising under the First Lien Credit Agreement will receive, subject to dilution by management equity and/or options, their pro rata share of  100% of the equity of reorganized GSE Holding, Inc., which shall be the top-tiered holding company of the Debtors as reorganized;
 
·
other secured claims will be treated in such a manner that they are unimpaired;
 
·
holders of trade vendor claims that agree in writing to provide payment terms no less advantageous than those terms provided as 12 months prior to the Petition Date for at least 12 months following the effective date of a plan of reorganization will receive payment on such terms on the later of the date the Debtors’ plan of reorganization becomes effective and the dates upon which such claims become due in the ordinary course of business;
 
 
16

 
·
other holders of general unsecured claims against each of the Debtors will receive their pro rata share of $1 million in cash, which amount was determined to be sufficient to pay general unsecured creditors 100 percent of their claims if the allowed amount of such claims is consistent with the Debtors’ projections;
 
·
holders of existing equity interests in GSE Holding, Inc. will receive no distribution and such interests will be canceled;
 
·
the reorganized Debtors will enter into an exit facility sufficient to fund ongoing operations and obligations under the Plan; and
 
·
the Debtors will confirm a plan of reorganization within 90 days of the Petition Date.
 
Because the Debtors’ Plan is based on a consensual deal with the Debtors’ key stakeholders and provides more value to creditors than would have been possible under a sale of the Debtors’ businesses, including potential full recoveries for holders of trade claims that otherwise would not have been available, the Debtors believe the Plan reflects the best available alternative for all of their stakeholders.  The Debtors believe that the balance-sheet restructuring contemplated under the RSA will enhance the Debtors’ capital position and allow the Debtors to continue to focus on providing key environmental-barrier solutions to the market.
 
Initial Motions of the Chapter 11 Cases and Certain Related Relief
 
On the Petition Date, the Debtors filed several motions (the “First Day Motions”) designed to facilitate the administration of the Chapter 11 Cases and minimize disruption to the Debtors’ operations by, among other things, easing the strain on the Debtors’ relationships with employees, vendors, and customers following the commencement of the Chapter 11 Cases.  For more information on the First Day Motions, see the Declaration of Dean Swick in Support of First Day Motions, filed on the Petition Date.  The First Day Motions and all orders for relief granted in the Chapter 11 Cases can be obtained by:  (i) accessing the Debtors’ restructuring website with the Noticing Agent at http://cases.primeclerk.com/gse; (ii) writing to the Noticing Agent at GSE Environmental, Inc., et al. Ballot Processing, c/o Prime Clerk LLC, 830 Third Avenue, 9th Floor, New York, New York 10022; (iii) calling the Noticing Agent at (844) 205-4335; or (iv) emailing gseballots@primeclerk.com; or (b) for a fee via PACER at http://www.deb.uscourts.gov.
 
Also on the Petition Date, the Debtors filed a motion requesting interim and final authorization to enter into the DIP Facility.  The Debtors intend to use the proceeds of the DIP Facility for working capital purposes and to pay off all of their obligations under the Super Priority Credit Facility.
 
Treatment of Claims and Interests
 
All Claims and Interests—other than Administrative Claims, DIP Facility Claims, and Priority Tax Claims—are classified in the Classes set forth in Article III of the Plan.  A Claim or Interest is classified in a particular Class only to the extent that the Claim or Interest qualifies within the description of that Class and is classified in other Classes to the extent that any portion of the Claim or Interest qualifies within the description of such other Classes.  A Claim or Interest also is classified in a particular Class for the purpose of receiving distributions pursuant to the Plan only to the extent that such Claim or Interest is an Allowed Claim or and Allowed Interest in that Class and has not been paid, released, or otherwise satisfied prior to the Effective Date.
 
 
17

 
The Plan does not provide for distributions on account of Interests.  With respect to distributions under the Plan to Holders of Claims, such distributions will only be made on account of Allowed Claims.  As more fully described in Articles II and III of the Plan, Holders of Disputed Claims will receive no distributions those Disputed Claims unless and until those Claims become Allowed.
 
Pursuant to the terms of the Plan, except for Claims or Interests that are (a) expressly exempted from the discharge provisions of the Bankruptcy Code or (b) specifically identified as being reinstated, all Claims or Interests that arose prior to Confirmation will be discharged.
 
In accordance with section 1123(a)(1) of the Bankruptcy Code, Administrative Claims, DIP Facility Claims, and Priority Tax Claims have not been classified and, thus, are excluded from the Classes of Claims and Interests set forth in Article III of the Plan.
 
Administrative Claims
 
Except as specified in Article II of the Plan, unless otherwise agreed to by the Holder of a General Administrative Claim and the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, each Holder of an Allowed General Administrative Claim will receive, in full satisfaction of its General Administrative Claim, Cash equal to the amount of such Allowed General Administrative Claim in the ordinary course of the Debtors’ business, pursuant to the terms and conditions of the particular transaction giving rise to such Allowed General Administrative Claims, without any further action by the Holders of such Allowed General Administrative Claims.
 
DIP Facility Claims
 
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Plan, and subject to the terms of the DIP Facility, in full and final satisfaction, settlement, release, and discharge of and in exchange for release of all DIP Facility Claims, on the Effective Date, the DIP Facility Claims shall be paid in full and in Cash.
 
Professional Compensation
 
Professional Fee Escrow Account
 
As soon as reasonably practicable after the Confirmation Date and no later than one day prior to the Effective Date, the Debtors shall establish the Professional Fee Escrow Account.  On or before the Effective Date, the Debtors shall fund the Professional Fee Escrow Account with Cash in the amount of the aggregate Professional Fee Escrow Amount for all Professionals.  The Professional Fee Escrow Account shall be maintained in trust for the Professionals.  Such funds shall not be considered property of the Debtors’ Estates, except as otherwise provided in Article II.B.2 of the Plan.
 
Final Fee Applications and Payment of Accrued Professional Compensation Claims
 
All final requests for payment of Claims of a Professional shall be Filed no later than 40 calendar days after the Effective Date.  After notice and a hearing in accordance with the procedures established by the Bankruptcy Code and prior Bankruptcy Court orders, the Allowed amounts of such Accrued Professional Compensation Claims shall be determined by the Bankruptcy Court.  The amount of Accrued Professional Compensation Claims owing to the Professionals, after taking into account any prior payments and after applying any retainers, shall be paid in Cash to such Professionals from funds held in the Professional Fee Escrow Account when such Claims are Allowed by a Final Order.  To the extent that funds held in the Professional Fee Escrow Account are unable to satisfy the amount of Accrued Professional Compensation Claims owing to the Professionals, such Professionals shall have an Allowed Administrative Claim for any such deficiency, which shall be satisfied in accordance with Article II.A of the Plan.  After all Allowed Accrued Professional Compensation Claims have been paid in full, the escrow agent shall return any excess amounts to the Reorganized Debtors.
 
 
18

 
Professional Fee Escrow Amount
 
To receive payment for unbilled fees and expenses incurred through the Confirmation Date, the Professionals shall estimate their Accrued Professional Compensation Claims before and as of the Effective Date, taking into account any prior payments, and shall deliver such estimate to the Debtors no later than five calendar days prior to the anticipated Effective Date, as shall be indicated by the Debtors to such Professionals in writing as soon as reasonably practicable following Confirmation of the Plan; provided, however, that such estimate shall not be considered an admission with respect to the fees and expenses of such Professional and such Professionals are not bound to any extent by the estimates.  If a Professional does not provide an estimate, the Debtors, in consultation with the Required Lenders, may estimate a reasonable amount of unbilled fees and expenses of such Professional, taking into account any prior payments; provided, however, that such estimate shall not be binding or considered an admission with respect to the fees and expenses of such Professional.  The total amount so estimated shall comprise the Professional Fee Escrow Amount.  To the extent that any Accrued Professional Compensation Claims are satisfied after the funding of the Professional Fee Escrow Account with funds outside the Professional Fee Escrow Account, the Professional Fee Escrow Amount shall be reduced by the amount of such funds and such amount shall be returned as soon as practicable to the Debtors or Reorganized Debtors, as applicable.
 
Priority Tax Claims
 
Except to the extent that a Holder of an Allowed Priority Tax Claim agrees to a less favorable treatment, in full and final satisfaction, settlement, release, and discharge of and in exchange for each Allowed Priority Tax Claim, each Holder of such Allowed Priority Tax Claim shall be treated in accordance with the terms set forth in section 1129(a)(9)(C) of the Bankruptcy Code.
 
Classified Claims and Interests
 
Class 1—Other Priority Claims
 
Classification:  Class 1 consists of all Other Priority Claims against the Debtors.
 
Treatment:  Except to the extent that a Holder of an Allowed Claim in Class 1 agrees to a less favorable treatment, in full and final satisfaction, settlement, release, and discharge of and in exchange for each Allowed Claim in Class 1, each such Holder shall be paid in full in Cash by the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, in the ordinary course of business.
 
Voting:  Class 1 is Unimpaired under the Plan.  Holders of Claims in Class 1 are conclusively presumed to have accepted the Plan pursuant to section 1126(f) of the Bankruptcy Code.  Therefore, such Holders are not entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan.
 
 
19

 
Class 2—Other Secured Claims
 
Classification:  Class 2 consists of all Other Secured Claims against the Debtors.
 
Treatment:  Except to the extent that a Holder of an Allowed Claim in Class 2 agrees to a less favorable treatment, in full and final satisfaction, settlement, release, and discharge of and in exchange for each Allowed Claim in Class 2, each such Claim shall, at the sole option of the applicable Debtor; provided, however, that any Holder of an Allowed Claim in Class 2 to be satisfied pursuant to Article III.B.2(b)(i) herein shall require the consent of the Required Lenders:
 
a)
be paid in full in Cash, including the payment of any interest required to be paid under section 506(b) of the Bankruptcy Code, on the Effective Date or as soon thereafter as reasonably practicable or, if payment is not then due, in accordance with the payment terms of any applicable agreement;

b)
receive the collateral securing any such Allowed Other Secured Claim and be paid any interest required to be paid under section 506(b) of the Bankruptcy Code on the Effective Date or as soon thereafter as reasonably practicable; or

c)
otherwise be treated in any other manner such that the Allowed Other Secured Claim shall be rendered Unimpaired on the later of the Effective Date and the date on which such Other Secured Claim becomes an Allowed Other Secured Claim or as soon as reasonably practicable thereafter.
 
Voting:  Class 2 is Unimpaired under the Plan.  Holders of Claims in Class 2 are conclusively presumed to have accepted the Plan pursuant to section 1126(f) of the Bankruptcy Code.  Therefore, such Holders are not entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan.
 
Class 3—First Lien Loan Claims
 
Classification: Class 3 consists of all First Lien Loan Claims against the Debtors.
 
Allowance:  Class 3 Claims are Allowed in the aggregate principal amount of $173,395,995, plus any accrued but unpaid interest thereon payable thereon, as calculated in accordance with the First Lien Credit Agreement.

Treatment:  On the Effective Date, except to the extent that a Holder of a First Lien Loan Claim agrees to less favorable treatment of its Allowed First Lien Loan Claim, each Holder of an Allowed First Lien Loan Claim against the Debtors shall receive its Pro Rata share of 100 percent of the New Equity received from GSE Environmental, Inc. on the Effective Date (subject to dilution by amounts reserved pursuant to the Management Equity Incentive Plan) in exchange for its Claim.
 
Voting: Class 3 is Impaired under the Plan.  Each Holder of a First Lien Loan Claim is entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan.
 
Class 4—Qualified Unsecured Trade Claims
 
Classification: Class 4 consists of all Qualified Unsecured Trade Claims against the Debtors.
 
 
20

 
Treatment: Except to the extent that a Holder of an Allowed Qualified Unsecured Trade Claim agrees to less favorable treatment, in exchange for full and final satisfaction, settlement, release and discharge of each Allowed Qualified Unsecured Trade Claim, each Holder of an Allowed Qualified Unsecured Trade Claim shall receive payment in full on account of such Qualified Unsecured Trade Claim upon the later of (i) the Effective Date and (ii) the date such Allowed Qualified Unsecured Trade Claim comes due in the ordinary course of business in accordance with the terms of any agreement that governs such Allowed Qualified Unsecured Trade Claim or in accordance with the course of practice between the Debtors and such Holder with respect to such Allowed Qualified Unsecured Trade Claim to the extent such Allowed Qualified Unsecured Trade Claim is not otherwise satisfied or waived on or before the Effective Date; provided, however, that Holders of Qualified Unsecured Trade Claims are not entitled to postpetition interest, late fees, or penalties on account of such Claims.
 
Voting: Class 4 is Impaired under the Plan.  Each Holder of a Qualified Unsecured Trade Claim is entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan.
 
Class 5—General Unsecured Claims
 
Classification:  Class 5 consists of all General Unsecured Claims against the Debtors.
 
Treatment:  Except to the extent that a Holder of a General Unsecured Claim agrees to less favorable treatment of its Allowed General Unsecured Claim or has been paid prior to the Effective Date, each Allowed General Unsecured Claim, in exchange for full and final satisfaction, settlement, release and discharge of the General Unsecured Claims, shall receive its Pro Rata share (calculated with reference to all Allowed General Unsecured Claims) of the General Unsecured Claims Recovery Pool. The Debtors reserve the right to challenge the legal basis and amount of any General Unsecured Claim.
 
Voting:  Class 5 is Impaired under the Plan.  Each Holder of a General Unsecured Claim is entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan.
 
Class 6—Section 510(b) Claims
 
Classification:  Class 6 consists of all Section 510(b) Claims.
 
Treatment:  On the Effective Date, all Claims in Class 6 shall be cancelled without any distribution.
 
Voting:  Class 6 is Impaired under the Plan.  Holders of Claims in Class 6 are conclusively deemed to have rejected the Plan pursuant to section 1126(g) of the Bankruptcy Code.  Therefore, such Holders are not entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan.
 
Class 7—Intercompany Claims
 
Classification:  Class 7 consists of all Intercompany Claims.
 
Treatment:  Intercompany Claims may be Reinstated as of the Effective Date or, at the Debtors’ or the Reorganized Debtors’ option, with the written approval of the Required Lenders, be cancelled, and no distribution shall be made on account of such Claims.
 
Voting:  Holders of Class 7 Intercompany Claims are either Unimpaired, and such Holders of Class 7 Intercompany Claims conclusively are presumed to have accepted the Plan pursuant to section 1126(f) of the Bankruptcy Code, or Impaired, and such Holders of Class 7 Intercompany Claims are deemed to have rejected the Plan pursuant to section 1126(g) of the Bankruptcy Code.  Therefore, Holders of Class 7 Intercompany Claims are not entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan.
 
 
21

 
Class 8—Intercompany Interests
 
Classification:  Class 8 consists of all Intercompany Interests.
 
Treatment:  Intercompany Interests may be Reinstated as of the Effective Date or, at the Debtors’ or the Reorganized Debtors’ option, be cancelled, and no distribution shall be made on account of such Interests.
 
Voting:  Holders of Class 8 Intercompany Interests are either Unimpaired, and such Holders of Class 8 Intercompany Interests conclusively are presumed to have accepted the Plan pursuant to section 1126(f) of the Bankruptcy Code, or Impaired, and such Holders of Class 8 Intercompany Interests are deemed to have rejected the Plan pursuant to section 1126(g) of the Bankruptcy Code.  Therefore, Holders of Class 8 Intercompany Interests are not entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan.
 
Class 9—Parent Equity Interests
 
Classification:  Class 9 consists of the Parent Equity Interests.
 
Treatment:  On the Effective Date, the Parent Equity Interests shall be deemed cancelled and extinguished, and shall be of no further force and effect, whether surrendered for cancellation or otherwise, and there shall be no distribution to holders of Parent Equity Interests on account of such Parent Equity Interests.
 
Voting:  Class 9 is Impaired under the Plan.  Holders of Claims in Class 9 are conclusively presumed to have rejected the Plan pursuant to section 1126(g) of the Bankruptcy Code.  Therefore, such Holders are not entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan.
 
Management of the Debtors
 
Biographical information for Mr. Charles A. Sorrentino, Mr. Daniel C. Storey, Mr. Peter R. McCourt, Mr. Jeffery D. Nigh, and Mr. L. Gregg Taylor is set forth below.
 
·
Mr. Sorrentino was named the Company’s Interim President and Chief Executive Officer in July 2013 and in November 2013, he was named permanent President and Chief Executive Officer.  Mr. Sorrentino became a director of the Company in June 2011. Prior to joining the Company, he served as President and Chief Executive Officer of Houston Wire & Cable Company from 1998 until his retirement in December 2011.  Prior to joining Houston Wire & Cable Company, Mr. Sorrentino served as President of Pameco Corporation for four years and in a variety of positions with PepsiCo, including Subsidiary President, Division Vice President and Region Vice President.  After completing college, Mr. Sorrentino served twelve years with United Technologies (Sundstrand Corporation). Mr. Sorrentino is an independent director and non-executive Chairman of the Board of Directors of Thermon Group Holdings.  Mr. Sorrentino has served as an executive of several large manufacturing companies and brings a diversity of both public and privately held company experience to the Board of Directors.  Mr. Sorrentino earned a Masters of Business Administration from the University of Chicago and a Bachelor of Science in Mechanical Engineering from Southern Illinois University.  Mr. Sorrentino also served in the United States Marine Corps.
 
·
Mr. Storey joined the Company in May 2013 as the Chief Accounting Officer.  In November 2013, Mr. Storey was appointed Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer.  Mr. Storey is responsible for leading all financial aspects of the Company, including financial reporting and accounting operations worldwide.  Prior to joining the Company, Mr. Storey, was a Senior Finance Director at Hewlett-Packard Company, where he held a number of finance leadership roles including Senior Finance Director – Americas Software Controller and Senior Finance Director – US Controller.  Prior to that role, Mr. Storey was Manager of Financial and Tax Reporting at Cliffs Drilling Company, from 1996 to 1999.  Prior to Cliffs Drilling Company, Mr. Storey was a public accountant at Ernst & Young from 1994 to 1996. Mr. Storey earned a Bachelor of Business Administration and Masters in Professional Accounting from the University of Texas at Austin and is a Certified Public Accountant in the State of Texas.
 
 
22

 
·
Mr. McCourt, President, International Division, joined the Company in July 2010.  In this role, Mr. McCourt has profit and loss responsibility for the Company’s international operations other than South America.  Prior to be appointed President, International Division in September 2013, Mr. McCourt served as the Company’s Executive Vice President of Global Sales and Marketing. Mr. McCourt has spent over 20 years in international sales and marketing leadership roles.  Prior to joining the Company, Mr. McCourt was a Vice President of Sales for ERICO International Corporation, where he was responsible for global sales of a line of electrical and fastening products for electrical, data-communications and construction industries.  Prior to that role, Mr. McCourt was at the Hilti Corporation, where he held several major positions, including President and General Manager, Director of Sales, Director of Marketing and Product Manager and Regional Sales Manager. Mr. McCourt earned a Higher National Certificate in mechanical engineering from Kilmarnock Technical College and a marine engineering first class certificate from Glasgow College of Nautical Studies.
 
·
Mr. Nigh joined the Company as Executive Vice President of Global Operations in October 2010. Mr. Nigh is responsible for leading all manufacturing, logistics and purchasing activities worldwide.  Prior to joining the Company, Mr. Nigh was the President of the Basic Bedding Division of Spring Industries, Inc. from 1999 to 2010.  While at Spring Industries, Inc., Mr. Nigh held several other senior roles, including Vice President of global Bedding business, Executive Vice President of global supply chain and Asian sourcing, President of Utility Bedding and President of Springs Renewables LLC.  Previously, Mr. Nigh worked as a consultant at the international consulting firm of McKinsey & Company in Atlanta from 1997 to 1999 and in various positions at Union Camp Corporation from 1984 to 1996. Mr. Nigh earned a Bachelor of Science degree in Chemical Engineering from Georgia Institute of Technology and a Master of Business Management degree from Harvard Business School.
 
·
Mr. Taylor joined the Company as Chief Accounting Officer in 2010. In May 2013, he became Vice President, Treasurer, Financial Planning & Analysis. In this role, Mr. Taylor is responsible for leading the treasury function and for performance analysis. Before joining the Company, Mr. Taylor was a business consultant at Alvarez & Marsal Business Consulting LLC from 2006 to 2010. Previously, Mr. Taylor was a consultant with Accenture, where he held Senior Director and Partner positions from 1995 – 2006. Prior to consulting, Mr. Taylor held various positions including Accounting Director, Regional Controller and Divisional Controller at Fox Meyer Drug Co. from 1985-1995. Mr. Taylor earned a Bachelor of Business Administration degree with a major in Accounting from the University of Texas at Arlington and is a Certified Public Accountant (currently inactive) in the State of Texas.
 
Composition of New Board of Directors
 
On the Effective Date, the current directors will resign from the current board of GSE Holding, Inc. and the New Board of Reorganized GSE Holdings, Inc. shall be established.  The New Board of Reorganized GSE Holdings, Inc. will be disclosed in advance of Confirmation in accordance with section 1129(a)(5) of the Bankruptcy Code.
 
 
23

 
Capital Structure of the Debtors upon Consummation
 
Exit Facility
 
On the Effective Date, the Reorganized Debtors will consummate the Exit Facility.  The Reorganized Debtors shall use proceeds of the Exit Facility to fund ongoing operations and obligations under the Plan, including to pay or refinance the DIP Facility Claims, and fund the General Unsecured Claims Recovery Pool.
 
Intercompany Account Settlement
 
The Debtors and the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, shall be entitled to transfer funds between and among themselves as they determine to be necessary or appropriate to enable the Reorganized Debtors to satisfy their obligations under the Plan.  Except as set forth in the Plan, any changes in intercompany account balances resulting from such transfers will be accounted for and settled in accordance with the Debtors’ historical intercompany account settlement practices and will not violate the terms of the Plan.
 
Issuance of New Equity
 
The issuance of the New Equity, including options, or other equity awards, if any, reserved for the Management Equity Incentive Plan, by Reorganized GSE Holding, Inc. is authorized without the need for any further corporate action or without any further action by the Holders of Claims or Interests.
 
All of the shares of New Equity issued pursuant to the Plan shall be duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid, and non-assessable.  Each distribution and issuance referred to in Article VI of the Plan shall be governed by the terms and conditions set forth in the Plan applicable to such distribution or issuance and by the terms and conditions of the instruments evidencing or relating to such distribution or issuance, which terms and conditions shall bind each Entity receiving such distribution or issuance.
 
Funding of the General Unsecured Claims Recovery Pool
 
On the Effective Date, the Reorganized Debtors will distribute $1 million in Cash into the General Unsecured Claims Recovery Pool to be held in trust for the benefit of holders of Allowed General Unsecured Claims.
 
Summary of Legal Proceedings5
 
The Debtors’ Legal Proceedings
 
Because of the size and nature of the Debtors’ business, the Debtors’ are party to numerous legal proceedings.  Most of these legal proceedings have arisen in the ordinary course of the Debtors’ business and involve Claims for money damages.  Whether these Claims are or will be liquidated or resolved in the Bankruptcy Court or in some other jurisdiction depends upon the nature of the Claims and the debt arising therefrom.  Generally, if the debt underlying such Claims was incurred by the Debtors prior to the date the Plan is confirmed, such debt, in accordance with section 1141 of the Bankruptcy Code, will be discharged through bankruptcy, depending upon the nature of the relief sought, regardless of whether the Claim is liquidated and resolved before or after the Effective Date.  Claims arising from conduct occurring after the Effective Date, unless provided for under the Plan, generally are not dischargeable through bankruptcy, and will be handled by the Debtors in the ordinary course of their business after emergence.
_____________________
 
5
This summary is not intended as an exhaustive description of all pending legal matters or proceedings in which the Debtors are involved.  Certain legal proceedings may be subject to appeal in or outside the Bankruptcy Court.  Nothing in this discussion is deemed to be an admission by the Debtors of any liability or wrongdoing or a waiver of any rights or defenses.
 
 
24

 
Valuation Analysis
 
           Moelis assisted the Debtors in an extensive process to seek to raise new financing for the Debtors which commenced in September 2013 and concluded in December 2013.  During this process Moelis contacted approximately 70 parties and more than 50 of these interested parties executed confidentiality agreements and were provided with additional information regarding the Debtors.  Ultimately, all potential parties declined to proceed with the financing.
 
Beginning in January 2014 and running through April 2014, Moelis assisted the Debtors in an extensive sale process prior to commencing these Chapter 11 Cases.  During this process Moelis contacted over 120 parties (including financial and strategic investors) and over 50 of these interested parties executed confidentiality agreements and were provided with additional information regarding the Debtors.
 
On or around February 7, 2014, the Debtors received multiple indications of interest for a potential sale transaction.  The Debtors and their advisors worked diligently to develop various aspects of the proposals received and had several rounds of active bidding by third party buyers.  Ultimately, the range of bids received were less than the principal amount (plus accrued interest) of the Company’s first lien funded indebtedness and would have resulted in a recovery to first lien lenders of less than 70 percent of their claim.
 
Moelis believes that the comprehensive and robust sale process provides the best indicia of the Debtors’ value.  Under the Plan, the holders of the Company’s first lien funded indebtedness are agreeing to extinguish their claim for the equity of the reorganized Debtors and accordingly, the Plan represents a valuation of the Debtors in excess of the range of bids produced by the sale process
 
Nothing herein constitutes an opinion as to the fairness from a financial point of view of the consideration to be received under the Plan or of the terms and provisions of the Plan.
 
Liquidation Analysis
 
Under the “best interests” of creditors test set forth in section 1129(a)(7) of the Bankruptcy Code, the Bankruptcy Court may not confirm a plan of reorganization unless the plan provides each Holder of a Clam or an Interest who does not otherwise vote in favor of the plan with property of a value that is not less than the amount that such holder would receive or retain if the debtor were liquidated under chapter 7 of the Bankruptcy Code.  The Debtors, together with their Professionals, have prepared a liquidating analysis (the “Liquidation Analysis”), a copy of which is attached hereto as Exhibit B, to assist Holders of Claims and Interests, as applicable, in determining whether to vote to accept or reject the Plan.
 
The Liquidation Analysis is based upon the value of the Debtors’ assets and liabilities as of a certain date and incorporates various estimates and assumptions. Further, the Liquidation Analysis is subject to the possibility of material change, including changes with respect to economic and business conditions and legal rulings.  Therefore, the actual liquidation value of the Debtors could vary materially from the estimates provided in the Liquidation Analysis.  The Liquidation Analysis is based on data and information as of [_____].  The Debtors make no representations as to changes to such data that may have occurred, or any information that may have become available, since that date.
 
 
25

 
The Debtors believe that the Plan satisfies the “best interests” test.  Specifically, Administrative Claims, Other Secured Claims, Priority Tax Claims, Other Priority Claims, Intercompany Claims, and Intercompany Interests are Unimpaired under the Plan and therefore do not receive less than the amount such Claims would receive in a chapter 7 liquidation.  In addition, as demonstrated by the Liquidation Analysis, the treatment to be provided to Holders of other Allowed Claims and Interests under the Plan will provide the same or greater value than would a hypothetical chapter 7 liquidation.
 
Projected Financial Information
 
Attached hereto as Exhibit C is projected financial statement information, including balance sheets, income statements, and statements of cash flows (collectively, the “Financial Projections”) for the Debtors from [_____] (the “Projection Period”). The Financial Projections assume an Effective Date of [_____].
 
The Financial Projections contain certain statements that are “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. These statements are subject to a number of assumptions, risks, and uncertainties, many of which are and will be beyond the control of the Debtors, including but not limited to the implementation of the Plan, the customer response to the Chapter 11 Cases, the availability of sufficient borrowing capacity or other financing to fund future principal payments of debt, existing and future governmental regulations and actions of government bodies, the availability of raw materials, the financial conditions of the Debtors’ customers, changes in the levels of capital investment expenditures by the Debtors’ customers, unexpected equipment failures or significant damage to one or more of the Debtors’ manufacturing facilities, natural disasters and unusual weather conditions, and other market and competitive conditions. Holders of Claims and Interests are cautioned that the forward-looking statements speak as of the date made and are not guarantees of future performance. Actual results or developments may differ materially from the expectations expressed or implied in the forward-looking statements, and the Debtors and the Reorganized Debtors undertake no obligation to update any such statements.

The Financial Projections, while presented with numerical specificity, are necessarily based on a variety of estimates and assumptions which, though considered reasonable by the Debtors, may not be realized and are inherently subject to significant business, economic, competitive, industry, regulatory, market, and financial uncertainties and contingencies, many of which are and will be beyond the Debtors’ control. The Debtors caution that no representations can be made or are made as to the accuracy of the historical financial information or the Financial Projections or to the Debtors’ ability to achieve the projected results. Some assumptions may prove to be inaccurate. Moreover, events and circumstances occurring subsequent to the date on which the Financial Projections were prepared may be different from those assumed, or, alternatively, may have been unanticipated, and thus the occurrence of these events may affect financial results in a materially adverse or materially beneficial manner. The Debtors and the Reorganized Debtors do not intend and undertake no obligation to update or otherwise revise the Projections to reflect events or circumstances existing or arising after the date this Disclosure Statement is initially filed or to reflect the occurrence of unanticipated events. The Financial Projections, therefore, may not be relied upon as a guaranty or other assurance of the actual results that will occur. In deciding whether to vote to accept or reject the Plan, Holders of Claims or Interests must make their own determinations as to the reasonableness of such assumptions and the reliability of the Financial Projections.
 
 
26

 
Creditors and other interested parties should see the section entitled “Risk Factors” of this Disclosure Statement for a discussion of certain factors that may affect the future financial performance of the Debtors.

The Financial Projections make certain assumptions regarding, among other things, the improved health of the U.S. economy, the growth in the sector, demand for the Company’s products, level of competition in regional markets, the cost of raw materials, and the ability to ramp up operations. Moreover, the Financial Projections have been prepared based on assumption that the Effective Date will occur on [_____], and the Financial Projections assume the successful implementation of the Debtors’ business plan. Although the Debtors presently intend to cause the Effective Date to occur as soon as practicable following Confirmation, there can be no assurance as to when the Effective Date actually will occur.

The Financial Projections are based on, among other things: (a) current and projected market conditions in each of the Debtors’ respective markets; (b) the ability to maintain sufficient working capital to fund operations; and (c) Confirmation.
 
Risk Factors
 
Holders of Claims entitled to vote should read and consider carefully the risk factors set forth below, as well as the other information set forth in this Disclosure Statement and the documents delivered together herewith, referred to or incorporated by reference herein, prior to voting to accept or reject the Plan.  These risk factors should not be regarded as constituting the only risks present in connection with the Debtors’ business or the Plan and its implementation.  Certain statements in the following risk factors constitute forward-looking statements.  See “Important Information About This Disclosure Statement.”
 
The conditions precedent to the Confirmation and Consummation of the Plan may not occur.

As more fully set forth in Article IX of the Plan, the occurrence of Confirmation of the Plan and the Effective Date are each subject to a number of conditions precedent.

· Parties in Interest May Object to the Plan’s Classification of Claims and Interests.  Section 1122 of the Bankruptcy Code provides that a plan may place a Claim or an Interest in a particular Class only if such Claim or Interest is substantially similar to the other Claims or Interests in such Class.  The Debtors believe that the classification of Claims and Interests under the Plan complies with the requirements set forth in the Bankruptcy Code because the Debtors created Classes of Claims and Interests, each encompassing Claims or Interests, as applicable, that are substantially similar to the other Claims or Interests, as applicable, in each such Class.  Nevertheless, there can be no assurance that the Bankruptcy Court will reach the same conclusion.

· The Debtors May Not Be Able to Satisfy Vote Requirements.  Pursuant to section 1126(c) of the Bankruptcy Code, section 1129(a)(7)(A)(i) of the Bankruptcy Code will be satisfied with respect to Classes 3, 4, and 5 if at least two-thirds in amount and more than one-half in number of the Allowed Claims that vote in each such Class, vote to accept the Plan.  There is no guarantee that the Debtors will receive the necessary acceptances from Holders of Claims in Classes 3, 4, and 5.  If Class 3, 4, or 5 votes to reject the Plan, the Debtors may elect to amend the Plan, seek Confirmation regardless of the rejection, or proceed with liquidation.

· The Debtors May Not Be Able to Secure Confirmation of the Plan.  Section 1129 of the Bankruptcy Code sets forth the requirements for confirmation of a chapter 11 plan, and requires, among other things, a finding by the bankruptcy court that:  (a) such plan “does not unfairly discriminate” and is “fair and equitable” with respect to any non-accepting classes; (b) confirmation of such plan is not likely to be followed by a liquidation or a need for further financial reorganization unless such liquidation or reorganization is contemplated by the plan; and (c) the value of distributions to non-accepting holders of claims and interests within a particular class under such plan will not be less than the value of distributions such holders would receive if the debtor was liquidated under chapter 7 of the Bankruptcy Code.

 
27

 
There can be no assurance that the requisite acceptances to confirm the Plan will be received.  Even if the requisite acceptances are received, there can be no assurance that the Bankruptcy Court will confirm the Plan.  A dissenting Holder of an Allowed Claim or Allowed Interest might challenge either the adequacy of this Disclosure Statement or whether the balloting procedures and voting results satisfy the requirements of the Bankruptcy Code or Bankruptcy Rules.  Even if the Bankruptcy Court determines that this Disclosure Statement, the balloting procedures, and the voting results are appropriate, the Bankruptcy Court still can decline to confirm the Plan if it finds that any of the statutory requirements for Confirmation have not been met, including the requirement that the terms of the Plan do not “unfairly discriminate” and are “fair and equitable” to non-accepting Classes.

Confirmation of the Plan is also subject to certain conditions as described in Article IX of the Plan.  If the Plan is not confirmed, it is unclear what distributions, if any, Holders of Allowed Claims and Allowed Interests will receive with respect to their Allowed Claims and Allowed Interests.

The Debtors, subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan, reserve the right to modify the terms and conditions of the Plan as necessary for Confirmation.  Any such modifications could result in a less favorable treatment of any non-accepting Class, as well as of any Classes junior to such non-accepting Class, than the treatment currently provided in the Plan.  Such a less favorable treatment could include a distribution of property to the Class affected by the modification of a lesser value than currently provided in the Plan or no distribution of property whatsoever under the Plan.

· The Debtors May Pursue Nonconsensual Confirmation.  In the event that any impaired class of claims or Interests does not accept a chapter 11 plan, a bankruptcy court may nevertheless confirm such a plan at the proponents’ request if at least one impaired class has accepted the plan (with such acceptance being determined without including the vote of any “insider” in such class), and, as to each impaired class that has not accepted the plan, the bankruptcy court determines that the plan “does not discriminate unfairly” and is “fair and equitable” with respect to the dissenting impaired classes.  The Debtors believe that the Plan satisfies these requirements and the Debtors may request such nonconsensual Confirmation in accordance with subsection 1129(b) of the Bankruptcy Code.  Nevertheless, there can be no assurance that the Bankruptcy Court will reach this conclusion.  In addition, the pursuit of nonconsensual Confirmation or Consummation may result in, among other things, increased expenses relating to Professional Fee Claims.

· The Debtors May Object to the Amount or Classification of a Claim or Interest.  Except as otherwise provided in the Plan, the Debtors reserve the right to object to the amount or classification of any Claim or Interest under the Plan.  The estimates set forth in this Disclosure Statement cannot be relied upon by any Holder of a Claim or Interest where such Claim or Interest is subject to an objection.  Any Holder of a Claim or Interest that is subject to an objection thus may not receive its expected share of the estimated distributions described in this Disclosure Statement.

· The Effective Date May Not Occur.  Although the Debtors believe that the Effective Date may occur quickly after the Confirmation Date, there can be no assurance as to such timing or as to whether the Effective Date will, in fact, occur.

 
28

 
· Contingencies Could Affect Votes of Impaired Classes to Accept or Reject the Plan.  The distributions available to Holders of Allowed Claims and Allowed Interests under the Plan can be affected by a variety of contingencies, including whether or not the Debtors are consolidated and whether the Bankruptcy Court orders certain Allowed Claims to be subordinated to other Allowed Claims. The occurrence of any and all such contingencies, which could affect distributions available to Holders of Allowed Claims and Allowed Interests under the Plan, will not affect the validity of the vote taken by the impaired Classes entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan or require any sort of revote by such impaired Classes.

If the conditions precedent to Confirmation are not met or waived, the Plan will not be confirmed; and if the conditions precedent to Consummation are not met or waived, the Effective Date will not take place.  In the event that the Plan is not confirmed or is not consummated, the Debtors may seek Confirmation of a new plan.  However, if the Debtors do not secure sufficient working capital to continue their operations or if the new plan is not confirmed, the Debtors may be forced to liquidate their assets.    For a more detailed description of the consequences of a liquidation scenario, see the sections in this Disclosure Statement entitled “Best Interests of Creditors” and “Liquidation Analysis.”

The Debtors cannot state with any degree of certainty what recovery will be available to Holders of Allowed Claims in the Voting Classes.

No less than three unknown factors make certainty of creditor recoveries under the Plan impossible.  First, the Debtors cannot know with any certainty, at this time, (a) how much money will remain after paying all Allowed Claims that are senior to the Voting Classes or (b) the value of the Debtors.  Second, the Debtors cannot know with any certainty, at this time, the number or amount of Claims that ultimately will be Allowed.  If a greater amount of Claims are ultimately Allowed than currently projected, recoveries to Holders of Allowed Claims in the Voting Classes may be lower than estimated in this Disclosure Statement.  Third, the Debtors cannot know with any certainty, at this time, the number or size of Claims senior to the voting Classes or unclassified Claims that ultimately will be Allowed.

The projected amount of Allowed General Unsecured Claims may be greater than anticipated, reducing recoveries for Holders of such Claims.
 
With respect to holders of Allowed General Unsecured Claims, the claims filed against the Debtors’ estates may be materially higher than the Debtors have estimated.  As Holders of Allowed General Unsecured Claims receive a Pro Rata distribution from the General Unsecured Claims Recovery Pool, additional claims could reduce the recovery.
 
The Debtors may not be able to achieve their projected financial results or meet post-reorganization debt obligations.

With respect to holders of Interests in the Reorganized Debtors, the Reorganized Debtors may not be able to achieve their projected financial results. The Financial Projections set forth on Exhibit C to this Disclosure Statement represent management’s best estimate of the Debtors’ future financial performance based on currently known facts and assumptions about the Debtors’ future operations, as well as the U.S. economy in general and the industry segments in which the Debtors operate in particular, and there is no guarantee that the Financial Projections will be realized.  The Debtors’ actual financial results may differ significantly from the Financial Projections.  To the extent the Debtors do not meet their projected financial results or achieve projected revenues and cash flows, the Debtors may lack sufficient liquidity to continue operating as planned after the Effective Date, may be unable to service their debt obligations as they come due, may be unable to meet their operational needs, and the value of the New Equity may thereby be negatively affected.  Further, a failure of the Debtors to meet their projected financial results or achieve projected revenues and cash flows could lead to cash flow and working capital constraints, which constraints may require the Debtors to seek additional working capital.  The Debtors may not be able to obtain such working capital when it is required.  Moreover, even if the Debtors were able to obtain additional working capital, it may only be available on unreasonable or cost prohibitive terms.  For example, the Debtors may be required to take on additional debt, the interest costs of which could adversely affect the results of the operations and financial condition of the Debtors.  If any such required capital is obtained in the form of equity, the Interests of the holders of the then-existing New Equity could be diluted.
 
 
29

 
The estimated recoveries to Holders of Allowed Claims and Allowed Interests are not intended to represent the potential market values (if any) of the New Equity.

The Debtors’ estimated recoveries to Holders of Allowed Claims and Allowed Interests are not intended to represent the market value of the Debtors’ securities, if any.  The estimated recoveries are based on numerous assumptions (the realization of many of which will be beyond the control of the Debtors), including:  (a) the successful reorganization of the Debtors; (b) an assumed date for the occurrence of the Effective Date; (c) the Debtors’ ability to achieve the operating and financial results included in the Financial Projections; (d) the Debtors’ ability to maintain adequate liquidity to fund operations; and (e) the assumption that capital and equity markets remain consistent with current conditions.

Upon Consummation of the Plan, Certain Holders of Claims will be able to exert substantial influence over the Debtors.

Upon Consummation of the Plan, certain Holders of Claims will receive distributions of outstanding shares of the New Equity, as contemplated by the Plan.  Certain Holders of First Lien Loan Claims will be in a position to exercise substantial influence over the outcome of actions requiring stockholder approval, including, among other things, election of directors.  This concentration of ownership could also facilitate or hinder a negotiated change of control of the Debtors and, consequently, affect the value of the New Equity.

Certain tax implications of the Debtors’ bankruptcy and reorganization may increase the tax liability of the Debtors.

Holders of Allowed Claims and Allowed Interests should carefully review the section herein entitled, “Certain U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences of the Plan” to determine how the tax implications of the Plan and the Chapter 11 Cases may adversely affect the Debtors.

If the Debtors are unable to compete successfully, they could lose customers and their sales could decline.
 
The geosynthetics industry is very competitive and relatively fragmented and is characterized by a small number of large, global producers, and a large number of small, local or regional producers.  The principal resin types used in the Debtors’ products are high-density polyethylene and linear low-density polyethylene. The Debtors compete both with companies that use the same raw materials that the Debtors do and with companies that use different raw materials. Additionally, companies that manufacture geosynthetic products that are not currently competing with the Debtors may decide to do so in the future. Competition is primarily based on product performance, quality and pricing. Pricing remains very competitive on a regional basis, with excess capacity in the industry impacting margins. For example, over the past 12 to 18 months, the Debtors’ competitors have added significant new capacity in North America, the results of which have negatively affected margins. Moreover, current and potential competitors may have substantially greater financial resources, name recognition, research and development, marketing and human resources than the Debtors have. In addition, competitors may succeed in developing new or enhanced products that are better than the Debtors’ products. These companies may also prove to be more successful than the Debtors are in marketing and selling these products. Further, customers may have substantial doubts about the Debtors’ ability to continue as a going concern and apprehension about their financial condition, which could lead customers to engage a competitor. The Debtors may not be able to compete successfully with any of these companies. Increased competition as to any of the Debtors’ products could result in price reductions, reduced margins and loss of market share, which could negatively affect the Debtors’ business, financial condition, results of operations, cash flows or prospects.
 
 
30

 
Due to the significant amount of projects in the northern hemisphere (North America, Europe and portions of Asia), the Debtors’ operating results are impacted by seasonal weather patterns in those markets. In the northern hemisphere, the greatest volume of geosynthetic product deliveries typically occurs during the summer and fall of each year due to milder weather, which results in seasonal fluctuations of sales. As a result, sales in the first and fourth quarters of the calendar year have historically been lower than sales in the second and third quarters. The Debtors may not be able to use their manufacturing capacity at their various locations to mitigate the impact of seasonal fluctuations on their manufacturing and delivery schedules. Changes in quarterly operating results due to seasonal fluctuations could negatively affect financial performance.
 
The Debtors’ results also may be materially affected by, among other things:
 
 
·
the levels of capital expenditures by the Debtors’ customers and, in turn, general economic conditions, availability of credit, economic conditions within the customers’ respective industries and geographies and expectations of future market behavior;
 
 
·
the ability of the Debtors’ customers to finance capital investment may also be affected by factors independent of the conditions in their industry, such as the condition of global credit and capital markets;
 
 
·
unexpected events that depress overall levels of industrial production and construction, general economic conditions, and business confidence levels, which in turn could weaken demand from the Debtors’ customers;
 
 
·
challenges in shifting sales to the growing emerging and frontier markets;
 
 
·
unexpected failure to effectively obtain future orders;
 
 
·
increases in prices or disruptions in supply of the Debtors’ raw materials;
 
 
·
unexpected equipment failures or significant damage to one or more of the Debtors’ manufacturing facilities;
 
 
·
changes in interest rates and lending standards;
 
 
·
the Debtors’ ability to control costs and maintain quality;
 
 
·
employment levels; and
 
 
31

 
 
·
regional or general economic conditions.
 
Future growth depends, in part, on developing new applications and end markets for the Debtors’ products.
 
Changes in legislative, regulatory or industry requirements or competitive technologies may render certain products obsolete. The Debtors place a high priority on developing new products, as well as enhancing existing products, and their success depends on their ability to anticipate changes in regulatory and technology standards and to cultivate new applications for their products as the geosynthetics industry evolves. If the Debtors are unable to develop and introduce new applications and new addressable markets for their products in response to changes in environmental regulations, changing market conditions or customer requirements or demands, their competitiveness could be materially and adversely affected.  If they are unable to introduce these products to other markets, margin growth may be moderated. Furthermore, the Debtors cannot be certain that any new or enhanced product will generate sufficient sales to justify the expenses and resources devoted to such product diversification effort.
 
The Debtors may not be able to manage expansion of operations effectively.
 
The Debtors may expand their business to address growth in demand for their products, as well as to capture new market opportunities. To manage the potential growth of operations, the Debtors will be required to improve their operational and financial systems, procedures and controls, increase manufacturing capacity and output, and expand, train and manage internal personnel. Furthermore, the Debtors will need to maintain and expand their relationships with customers, suppliers and other third parties. The Debtors cannot assure you that their current and planned operations, personnel, systems or internal procedures and controls will be adequate to support future growth. If the Debtors are unable to manage our growth effectively, they may not be able to take advantage of market opportunities, execute their business strategies or respond to competitive pressures.
 
An inability to deliver products on time could affect the Debtors’ future sales and profitability and their relationships with their customers.
 
The Debtors’ ability to meet customer delivery schedules for their products is dependent on a number of factors including, but not limited to, access to the raw materials required for production, an adequately trained and capable workforce, project engineering expertise for certain large projects, sufficient manufacturing plant capacity, and appropriate planning and scheduling of manufacturing resources. A failure to deliver in accordance with customer expectations may result in damage to existing customer relationships and result in the loss of future business. Any such loss of future business could negatively impact financial performance.
 
The Debtors are subject to certain risks associated with their international operations that could harm revenues and profitability.
 
The Debtors and their subsidiaries have significant international operations and are in the process of increasing their international manufacturing and distribution capacity.  Certain risks are inherent in international operations, including:

 
·
difficulties in enforcing agreements and collecting receivables through certain foreign legal systems;
 
 
32

 
 
·
foreign customers with longer payment cycles than U.S. customers;
 
 
·
tax rates in certain foreign countries that exceed those in the U.S. and foreign earnings subject to withholding requirements;
 
 
·
imposition of tariffs, quotas, exchange controls and other trade barriers;
 
 
·
general economic conditions, political unrest and terrorist attacks;
 
 
·
exposure to possible expropriation or other governmental actions;
 
 
·
increased complexity and costs of staffing and managing widespread operations;
 
 
·
import and export licensing requirements;
 
 
·
restrictions on repatriating foreign profits back to the U.S.;
 
 
·
increased risk of corruption, self-dealing or other unethical practices among business partners in less-developed regions of the world that may be difficult to deter or remedy;
 
 
·
difficulties protecting intellectual property; and
 
 
·
difficulties complying with a variety of foreign laws and regulations, some of which may conflict with U.S. laws.
 
In addition, foreign operations involve uncertainties arising from local business practices, cultural considerations and international political and trade tensions. For example, the Debtors’ operations in Egypt were briefly suspended in early 2011 due to political unrest in that country. More recently civil and political unrest in Egypt has continued, which unrest could potentially impact future revenues and the ability to manufacture at times in the Egypt plant. Similarly, there has been recent civil and political unrest in Thailand, which could potentially impact future revenues and the ability to manufacture at times in the Thailand plant.  As the Debtors’ business expands globally, success will be dependent, in part, on the ability to anticipate and effectively manage these and other risks. There can be no assurance that the Debtors will be able to manage effectively these risks or that these and other factors will not have a material adverse effect on their international operations or their business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

Further, the Debtors cannot guarantee that their employees internationally will adhere to the Debtors’ code of business conduct, other company policies, or the anti-corruption laws of a particular nation.  If the Debtors are found liable for violations of anti-corruption laws or regulations, whether due to their own or others’ actions or inadvertence, the Debtors could be subject to civil and criminal penalties or other sanctions and could incur significant costs for investigation, litigation, fees, settlement, and judgment, which could have a material adverse effect on their business, financial condition, results of operations, or cash flows.

Currency exchange rate fluctuations could have an adverse effect on the Debtors’ businesses.

The Debtors generate a significant portion of their sales, and incur a significant portion of their expenses, in currencies other than U.S. dollars.  To the extent that the Debtors are unable to match sales received in foreign currencies with costs paid in the same currency, exchange rate fluctuations in any such currency could have an adverse effect on the Debtors’ results of operations and cash flows.  The Debtors do not currently enter into derivative instruments to offset the impact of currency exchange rate fluctuations and do not intend to do so for the foreseeable future.

 
33

 
The Debtors’ operating results may be subject to quarterly fluctuations due to the possible delayed recognition of large orders in financial statements.

Sales efforts for many of the Debtors’ products involve discussions with the end-users during the planning phase of projects. The planning, designing and manufacturing process can be lengthy. The typical planning and design phase for the Debtors’ projects ranges from six months to four years. As a result, there is often a delay between the investment of resources in developing and supplying a product and the recognition in financial statements of the sales of the product. The long sales cycle and the unpredictable period of time between the placement of an order and the ability to recognize the sales associated with the order make sales predictions difficult, particularly on a quarterly basis, and can cause operating results to fluctuate significantly from quarter to quarter.

The costs and difficulties of acquiring and integrating complementary businesses and technologies could impede the Debtors’ future growth and adversely affect the Debtors’ competitiveness.

As part of their growth strategy, the Debtors may consider acquiring complementary businesses.  Acquisitions involve a number of risks, including integration of the acquired company with the Debtors’ operations and unanticipated liabilities or contingencies related to the acquired company.  The Debtors cannot ensure that the expected benefits of any future acquisition will be realized.  Risks we could face with respect to acquisitions include:

 
·
greater than expected costs and management time and effort involved in identifying, completing, and integrating acquisitions;
 
 
·
risks associated with unanticipated events or liabilities;
 
 
·
potential disruption of the Debtors’ ongoing business and difficulty in maintaining the Debtors’ standards, controls, information systems, and procedures;
 
 
·
entering into markets and acquiring technologies in areas in which the Debtors have little expertise;
 
 
·
the inability to successfully integrate the products, services, and personnel of any acquisition into the Debtors’ operations;
 
 
·
a need to incur debt, which may reduce the Debtors’ cash available for operations and other uses; and
 
 
·
the realization of little, if any, return on the investment.
 
The Debtors may be adversely affected by environmental and health and safety regulations.

The Debtors are required to comply with a variety of federal, state, local and foreign laws governing the protection of the environment, the exposure of persons and property to hazardous substances and occupational health and safety.  These laws regulate, among other things, the generation, storage, handling, use and transportation of hazardous materials; the disposal and release of wastes and other substances into soil, air or water; and obligations relating to the health and safety of workers and the public.  The Debtors are also required to obtain and comply with environmental permits and licenses for certain operations.  The Debtors cannot guarantee that they are at all times in compliance with all environmental laws, permits or licenses.  If the Debtors violate or fail to comply with these requirements, they could be subject to private party or governmental claims, the issuance of administrative, civil and criminal fines or penalties, the denial, modification, or revocation of permits, licenses or other authorizations, the imposition of injunctive obligations or other limitations on their operations, including the cessation of operations, and requirements to perform site investigatory, remedial, or other corrective action.  Certain environmental requirements, and the interpretation of those requirements by regulators and courts, change frequently and might also become more stringent over time.  The Debtors’ therefore cannot assure you that they will not incur material costs or liabilities related to their future compliance with these requirements.  The Debtors have made and will continue to make capital and other expenditures to comply with environmental requirements.  Because of the nature of their business, changes in environmental laws and the costs associated with complying with such requirements could have a material adverse effect on the Debtors’ business.

 
34

 
The Debtors are also subject to laws governing the cleanup of contaminated property.  Under these laws, they could be held liable for costs and damages relating to contamination of their past or present facilities and at third-party sites to which the Debtors’ facilities sent wastes or hazardous substances. The amount of such liability could be material.  The Debtors cannot assure you that they will not have liability for any such contamination, nor can the Debtors guarantee they will not experience an accident or become liable for any other contamination that may have occurred in the past (including such liability to buyers of properties or businesses that the Debtors have sold).

The Debtors are subject to litigation and other claims which, if adversely determined, could result in substantial losses.

As described in the section herein entitled “Summary of Legal Proceedings,” the Debtors are, from time to time, during the ordinary course of operating their business, subject to various litigation claims and legal disputes, including contract, lease, employment, and regulatory claims.

Certain litigation claims may not be covered entirely or at all by the Debtors’ insurance policies, or their insurance carriers may seek to deny coverage.  In addition, litigation claims can be expensive to defend and may divert the Debtors’ attention from the operation of their business.  Further, litigation, even if without merit, can attract adverse media attention.  As a result, litigation can have a material adverse effect on the Debtors’ business and, because the Debtors cannot predict the outcome of any action, it is possible that adverse judgments or settlements could significantly reduce the Debtors’ earnings or result in losses.

As a result of the nature of their business, the Debtors face an inherent risk of exposure to product liability claims (including claims for strict liability and negligence) and claims for breach of contract in the event that the failure of their products or their installation results, or is alleged to result, in property damage, damage to the environment, or personal injury.  The Debtors agree in most cases to indemnify the site owner, general contractor, and others for certain damages resulting from their negligence and that of their employees.  The Debtors cannot guarantee that they will not incur significant costs defending product liability and breach of contract claims or experience any material product liability losses or indemnification obligations in the future.  Such costs, losses, and obligations may have a material adverse impact on the Debtors’ financial condition, results of operations, or cash flows.

Although the Debtors maintain insurance within ranges of coverage that they believe to be consistent with industry practice, this insurance may not be available at economically feasible premiums and may not be sufficient to cover all such losses.  In addition, the insurance policies are subject to large deductibles.  An unsuccessful outcome in legal actions and claims against the Debtors may have a material adverse impact on their financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.  Even if the Debtors are successful in defending against a claim relating to their products, claims of this nature could cause our customers to lose confidence in products and the business.

 
35

 
In addition, the Debtors provide certain limited material product warranties.  Failure of their products to operate properly or to meet specifications may increase costs by requiring addition engineering resources, product replacement, or monetary reimbursement of a customer.

The Debtors rely primarily on trade secrets and contractual restrictions, and not patents, to protect their proprietary rights.  Failure to protect the Debtors’ intellectual property rights may undermine their competitive position, and protecting their rights or defending against third-party allegations of infringement may be costly.

The Debtors’ commercial success depends on proprietary information and technologies.  The Debtors rely primarily on a combination of know-how, trade secrets, trademarks and contractual restrictions to protect their intellectual property rights.  The Debtors own several patents addressing limited aspects of their products.  The measures the Debtors take to protect their intellectual property rights may be insufficient.  Failure to protect, monitor and control the use of their existing intellectual property rights could cause them to lose their competitive advantage and incur significant expenses. Although the Debtors enter into confidentiality and nondisclosure agreements with their employees, consultants, advisors and partners to protect their intellectual property rights, these agreements could be breached and may not provide meaningful protection for their trade secrets.  It is possible that their competitors or others could independently develop the same or similar technologies or otherwise obtain access to their unpatented technologies.  In such cases, the Debtors’ trade secrets would not prevent third parties from competing with them.  As a result, results of operations may be adversely affected. Furthermore, third parties or employees may infringe or misappropriate proprietary technologies or other intellectual property rights, which could also harm the Debtors’ business and results of operations.  From time to time, the Debtors may discover such violations of their intellectual property rights.  For example, the Debtors are aware of third-party use of their trademarks and designs, and there may be other third parties using trademarks or names similar to the Debtors’ of whom the Debtors are unaware.  Monitoring unauthorized use of intellectual property rights can be difficult and expensive, and adequate remedies may not be available.  Moreover, the laws of certain foreign countries do not protect intellectual property rights to the same extent as the laws of the U.S.
 
In addition, third parties may claim that the Debtors’ products infringe or otherwise violate their patents or other proprietary rights and seek corresponding damages or injunctive relief.  The Debtors’ defenses against such claims, with or without merit, could be time-consuming and result in costly litigation.  An adverse outcome in any such litigation could subject the Debtors to significant liability to third parties (potentially including treble damages) or temporary or permanent injunctions prohibiting the manufacture or sale of their products, the use of their technologies or the conduct of their business.  Any adverse outcome could also require the Debtors to seek licenses from third parties (which may not be available on acceptable terms, or at all) or make substantial one-time or ongoing royalty payments. Protracted litigation could also result in customers or potential customers deferring or limiting their purchase or use of the Debtors’ products until such litigation is resolved.  In addition, the Debtors may not have insurance coverage in connection with such litigation and may have to bear all costs arising from any such litigation to the extent they are unable to recover them from other parties. Any of these outcomes could have a material adverse effect on the Debtors’ business, financial condition, results of operations, cash flows and prospects.
 
 
36

 
Although the Debtors make efforts to develop and protect their intellectual property, the validity, enforceability and commercial value of their intellectual property rights may be reduced or eliminated by the discovery of prior inventions by third parties, the discovery of similar marks previously used by third parties, non-use or non-enforcement by the Debtors, the successful independent development by third parties of the same or similar confidential or proprietary innovations or changes in the supply or distribution chains that render the Debtors’ rights obsolete.  The Debtors have in the past and may in the future be subject to opposition proceedings with respect to applications for registrations of their intellectual property, including but not limited to their trade names and trademarks.  As the Debtors rely in part on brand names and trademark protection to enforce their intellectual property rights, barriers to the registration of their brand names and trademarks in various countries may restrict their ability to promote and maintain a cohesive brand through their key markets.

The Debtors’ business may suffer if certain of their key officers or employees discontinue their employment.

The Debtors’ ability to successfully operate and grow their global business and implement their strategies is largely dependent on the efforts, abilities, and services of their senior management and other key employees.  If the Debtors lose the services of these individuals and are unable to find qualified replacements with comparable experience in the industry, their business could be negatively affected.  Their future operations could also be harmed if the Debtors are unable to attract, hire, train, and retain qualified managerial, sales, operations, engineering, and other technical personnel.

Although the Debtors have employment and non-competition agreements and retention arrangements with certain of their key employees, those agreements and arrangements may not assure the retention of such employees, and the Debtors may not be able to enforce all of the provisions in any employment or non-competition agreement or retention arrangement.  In addition, the Debtors do not have key person insurance on any of their senior executives or other key personnel.  Particularly in light of recent changes in the Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer, and General Counsel positions, the loss of any member of the senior management team or other key employee could damage critical customer relationships, result in the loss of vital knowledge, experience, and expertise, lead to unanticipated recruitment and training costs and make it more difficult to successfully operate the Debtors’ business and execute business strategy.

The Debtors are dependent on information systems and information technology, and a major interruption could adversely impact their operations and financial condition.

The Debtors use critical information systems to operate, monitor, and manage business on a day-to-day basis.  Any disruption to these information systems could adversely impact operations and result in increased costs and an inability to maintain financial controls or issue financial reports.  Information systems could be interrupted, delayed, or damaged by any number of factors, including natural disasters, telecommunications failures, power loss, acts of war or terrorism, computer viruses, or physical or electronic security breaches.  These or other events could cause loss of critical data, or prevent the Debtors from meeting their operating and financial commitments.  Although business continuity plans are in place to reduce the negative impact of information technology system failures on operations, these plans may not be completely effective.

The Debtors’ tax returns and positions are subject to review and audit by federal, state and local taxing authorities and adverse outcomes resulting from examination of their income or other tax returns could adversely affect their operating results and financial condition.

The Debtors are not currently under audit by the Internal Revenue Service.  However, an unfavorable outcome from any tax audit could result in higher tax costs, penalties and interest, thereby negatively and adversely impacting the Debtors’ financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

 
37

 
The Debtors’ historical financial information may not be comparable to the financial information of the Debtors from and after the Effective Date.

As a result of the Consummation of the Plan and the transactions contemplated thereby, the financial condition and results of operations of the Debtors from and after the Effective Date may not be comparable to the financial condition or results of operations reflected in the Debtors’ historical financial statements.

The financial information is based on the Debtors’ books and records and, unless otherwise stated, no audit was performed.

Certain of the financial information contained in this Disclosure Statement has not been audited.  In preparing this Disclosure Statement, the Debtors relied on financial data derived from their books and records that was available at the time of such preparation.  Although the Debtors have used their reasonable business judgment to assure the accuracy of the financial information provided in this Disclosure Statement, and while the Debtors believe that such financial information fairly reflects their financial condition, the Debtors are unable to warrant or represent that all of the financial information contained herein and attached hereto is without inaccuracies.

No legal or tax advice is provided by this Disclosure Statement.

This Disclosure Statement is not legal advice to any person.  The contents of this Disclosure Statement should not be construed as legal, business, or tax advice.  Each Holder of a Claim or Interest should consult its own legal counsel and accountant with regard to any legal, tax, and other matters concerning its Claim or Interest.  This Disclosure Statement may not be relied upon for any purpose other than to determine how to vote to accept or reject the Plan or whether to object to Confirmation of the Plan.

No admissions made.

The information and statements contained in this Disclosure Statement will neither (a) constitute an admission of any fact or liability by any entity (including the Debtors) nor (b) be deemed evidence of the tax or other legal effects of the Plan on the Debtors, the Reorganized Debtors, Holders of Allowed Claims and Allowed Interests, or any other parties in interest.

Failure to identify litigation claims or projected objections.

No reliance should be placed on the fact that a particular litigation claim or projected objection to a particular Claim is, or is not, identified in this Disclosure Statement.  The Debtors may seek to investigate, file, and prosecute Claims and may object to Claims after Confirmation and Consummation of the Plan, irrespective of whether this Disclosure Statement identifies such Claims or objections to Claims.

Information was provided by the Debtors and was relied upon by the Debtors’ advisors.

Counsel to and other advisors retained by the Debtors have relied upon information provided by the Debtors in connection with the preparation of this Disclosure Statement.  Although counsel to and other advisors retained by the Debtors have performed certain limited due diligence in connection with the preparation of this Disclosure Statement, they have not verified independently the information contained herein.

 
38

 
No representations outside this Disclosure Statement are authorized.

No representations concerning or relating to the Debtors, the Chapter 11 Cases, or the Plan are authorized by the Bankruptcy Court or the Bankruptcy Code, other than as set forth in this Disclosure Statement.  Any representations or inducements made to secure your acceptance or rejection of the Plan that are other than as contained in, or included with, this Disclosure Statement, should not be relied upon by you in arriving at your decision.  You should promptly report unauthorized representations or inducements to counsel to the Debtors, counsel to the First Lien Lenders, and the Office of the United States Trustee for the District of Delaware.

 
Confirmation of the Plan
 
The Confirmation Hearing
 
The Bankruptcy Court has scheduled the Confirmation Hearing for [_____] at [_____], prevailing Eastern Time, before the Honorable [_____], United States Bankruptcy Judge, in the United States Bankruptcy Court for the District of Delaware, located at 824 North Market Street, [_____] Floor, Courtroom [_____], Wilmington, Delaware 19801.  The Confirmation Hearing may be adjourned from time to time without further notice except for an announcement of the adjourned date made at the Confirmation Hearing or by any notice of adjournment of the Confirmation Hearing filed by the Debtors and posted on their restructuring website at http://cases.primeclerk.com/gse.
 
Requirements For Confirmation of the Plan
 
Among the requirements for the Confirmation of the Plan are that the Plan (a) is accepted by all Impaired Classes of Claims and Interests, or if rejected by an Impaired Class, that the Plan “does not discriminate unfairly” and is “fair and equitable” as to such Class, (b) is feasible, and (c) is in the “best interests” of Holders of Claims and Interests that are Impaired under the Plan.
 
Requirements of Section 1129(a) of the Bankruptcy Code
 
The following requirements must be satisfied pursuant to section 1129(a) of the Bankruptcy Code before a bankruptcy court may confirm a plan of reorganization:
 
·
The plan complies with the applicable provisions of the Bankruptcy Code.
 
·
The proponents of the plan comply with the applicable provisions of the Bankruptcy Code.
 
·
The plan has been proposed in good faith and not by any means forbidden by law.
 
·
Any payment made or to be made by the proponent, by the debtor, or by a person issuing securities or acquiring property under a plan, for services or for costs and expenses in or in connection with the case, in connection with the plan and incident to the case, has been approved by, or is subject to the approval of, a bankruptcy court as reasonable.
 
 
39

 
·
The proponent of the plan has disclosed the identity and affiliations of any individual proposed to serve, after confirmation of the plan, as a director, officer, or voting trustee of the debtor, an affiliate of the debtor participating in a joint plan with the debtor or a successor to the debtor under the plan, and the appointment to, or continuance in, such office of such individual is consistent with the interests of creditors and equity security holders and with public policies.
 
·
The proponent of the plan has disclosed the identity of any “insider” (as defined in section 101 of the Bankruptcy Code) that will be employed or retained by the Debtors and the nature of any compensation for such insider.
 
·
With respect to each holder within an impaired class of claims or interests —
 
 
-
each such holder (a) has accepted the plan, or (b) will receive or retain under the plan on account of such claim or interest property of a value, as of the effective date of the plan, that is not less than the amount that such holder would so receive or retain if the debtor were liquidated under chapter 7 of the Bankruptcy Code on such date; or
 
 
-
if section 1111(b)(2) of the Bankruptcy Code applies to the claims of such class due to its election to retain a lien, each holder of a claim of such class will receive or retain under the plan on account of such claim property of a value, as of the effective date of the plan, that is not less than the value of such holder’s interest in the estate’s interest in the property that secures such claims.
 
·
With respect to each class of claims or interests, such class (a) has accepted the plan, or (b) is not impaired under the plan (subject to the “cramdown” provisions discussed below).
 
·
Except to the extent that the holder of a particular claim has agreed to a different treatment of such claim, the plan provides that:
 
 
-
with respect to a claim of a kind specified in sections 507(a)(2) or 507(a)(3) of the Bankruptcy Code, on the effective date of the plan, the holder of the claim will receive on account of such claim cash equal to the allowed amount of such claim, unless otherwise agreed;
 
 
-
with respect to a class of claim of the kind specified in sections 507(a)(1), 507(a)(4), 507(a)(5), 507(a)(6), or 507(a)(7) of the Bankruptcy Code, each holder of a claim of such class will receive (a) if such class has accepted the plan, deferred cash payments of a value, on the effective date of the plan, equal to the allowed amount of such claim; or (b) if such class has not accepted the plan, cash on the effective date of the plan equal to the allowed amount of such claim; and
 
 
-
with respect to a priority tax claim of a kind specified in section 507(a)(8) of the Bankruptcy Code, the holder of such claim will receive on account of such claim deferred cash payments, over a period not exceeding six years after the date of assessment of such claim, of a value, as of the effective date of the plan, equal to the allowed amount of such claim.
 
·
If a class of claims is impaired under the plan, at least one class of claims that is impaired under the plan has accepted the plan, determined without including any acceptance of the plan by any “insider,” as defined in section 101 of the Bankruptcy Code.
 
 
40

 
·
Confirmation of the plan is not likely to be followed by the liquidation, or the need for further financial reorganization, of the debtor or any successor to the debtor under the plan, unless such liquidation or reorganization is proposed in the plan.
 
·
All fees payable under 28 U.S.C. § 1930, as determined by the Bankruptcy Court at the hearing on confirmation of the plan, have been paid or the plan provides for the payment of all such fees on the effective date of the plan.
 
·
The plan provides for the continuation after its effective date of payment of all retiree benefits, as that term is defined in section 1114 of the Bankruptcy Code, at the level established pursuant to subsection (e)(i)(B) or (g) of section 1114 of the Bankruptcy Code, at any time prior to confirmation of the plan, for the duration of the period the debtor has obligated itself to provide such benefits.
 
Best Interests of Creditors
 
Notwithstanding acceptance of a plan by each impaired class, to confirm a plan, a bankruptcy court must determine that it is in the best interests of each holder of a claim or interest in any such impaired class that has not voted to accept the plan.  Accordingly, if an impaired class does not unanimously accept a plan, the “best interests” test requires that a bankruptcy court find that the plan provides to each member of such impaired class a recovery on account of the member’s claim or Interest that has a value, as of the effective date of the plan, at least equal to the value of the distribution that each such member would receive if the debtor was liquidated under chapter 7 of the Bankruptcy Code on such date.  For additional information, as well as the Debtors’ “best interests” analysis, please see the section entitled “Liquidation Analysis.”
 
Acceptance
 
Section 1126(c) of the Bankruptcy Code provides that a class of claims has accepted a plan of reorganization if such plan has been accepted by creditors that hold at least two-thirds in amount and more than one-half in number of the allowed claims of such class.
 
Section 1126(d) of the Bankruptcy Code provides that a class of interests has accepted a plan of reorganization if such plan has been accepted by holders of such interests that hold at least two-thirds in amount of the allowed interests of such class.
 
Feasibility
 
Section 1129(a)(11) of the Bankruptcy Code requires that confirmation of a plan of reorganization is not likely to be followed by the liquidation, or the need for further financial reorganization of the debtors, or any successor to the debtors (unless such liquidation or reorganization is proposed in the plan of reorganization).
 
To determine whether the Plan meets this feasibility requirement, the Debtors have analyzed their ability to meet their respective obligations under the Plan.  As part of this analysis, the Debtors have prepared the Financial Projections.  Based upon the Financial Projections, the Debtors believe that they will be a viable operation following the Chapter 11 Cases, and that the Plan will meet the feasibility requirements of the Bankruptcy Code.
 
 
41

 
Requirements of Section 1129(b) of the Bankruptcy Code
 
The Bankruptcy Code permits confirmation of a plan of reorganization notwithstanding rejection of the plan by an impaired class so long as (a) the plan of reorganization otherwise satisfies the requirements for confirmation, (b) at least one impaired class of claims has accepted the plan of reorganization without taking into consideration the votes of any insiders in such class, and (c) the plan of reorganization is “fair and equitable” and does not “discriminate unfairly” as to any impaired class that has not accepted such plan.  These so-called “cramdown” provisions are set forth in section 1129(b) of the Bankruptcy Code.
 
“Fair and Equitable”
 
The Bankruptcy Code establishes different “cramdown” tests for determining whether a plan is “fair and equitable” to dissenting impaired classes of secured creditors, unsecured creditors, and Interest holders as follows:
 
Secured Creditors
 
A plan of reorganization is fair and equitable as to an impaired class of secured claims that rejects the plan if the plan provides:  (a) that each of the holders of the secured claims included in the rejecting class (i) retains the liens securing its claim to the extent of the allowed amount of such claim, to the extent of the allowed amount of such claims, whether the property subject to those liens is retained by the debtor or transferred to another entity, and (ii) receives on account of its secured claim deferred cash payments having a present value, as of the effective date of the plan of reorganization, at least equal to the value of such Holder’s interest in the Estate’s interest in such property; (b) that each of the holders of the secured claims included in the rejecting class realizes the “indubitable equivalent” of its allowed secured claim; or (c) for the sale, subject to section 363(k) of the Bankruptcy Code, of any property that is subject to the liens securing the claims included in the rejecting class, free and clear of such liens, with such liens to attach to the proceeds of the sale and the treatment of such liens on proceeds in accordance with clause (a) or (b) of this paragraph.
 
Unsecured Creditors
 
A plan of reorganization is fair and equitable as to an impaired class of unsecured claims that rejects the plan if the plan provides that:  (a) each holder of a claim included in the rejecting class receives or retains under the plan property of a value, as of the effective date of the plan of reorganization, equal to the amount of its allowed claim; or (b) the holders of claims and interests that are junior to the claims of the rejecting class will not receive or retain any property under the plan of reorganization on account of such junior claims or interests.
 
Holders of Interests
 
A plan of reorganization is fair and equitable as to an impaired class of Interests that rejects the plan if the plan provides that:  (a) each holder of an Interest included in the rejecting class receives or retains under the plan property of a value, as of the effective date of the plan of reorganization, equal to the greatest of the allowed amount of (i) any fixed liquidation preference to which such holder is entitled, (ii) the fixed redemption price to which such holder is entitled, or (iii) the value of the interest; or (b) the holder of any interest that is junior to the interests of the rejecting class will not receive or retain any property under the plan of reorganization on account of such junior interest.
 
 
42

 
The Debtors believe the Plan is fair and equitable as to Holders of Claims in Class 3 because, pursuant to the RSA, the Debtors have sufficient support from such Holders so that Class 3 votes to accept the Plan.  They also believe the Plan is fair and equitable as to Holders of Claims in Classes 1, 2, 7, and 8 because the Plan provides that their Allowed Claims and Allowed Interests are Unimpaired.  The Debtors also believe the Plan is fair and equitable as to Holders of Claims in Classes 4, 5, and 6 because no Holders of any Claims or Interests junior to the Claims in Classes 4, 5, and 6 are receiving any distribution on account of such junior Claims or Interests.  Rather, the Class 7 Intercompany Claims and Class 8 Intercompany Interests will be reinstated or cancelled at the option of the Debtors for the sake of administrative convenience and cost efficiency.  Finally, the Debtors believe the Plan is fair and equitable as to Holders of Parent Equity Interests in Class 9, who are conclusively deemed to have rejected the Plan, because there are no Claims or Interests junior to Class 9 Parent Equity Interests and, as such, the Plan does not provide any distribution to any such Claims or Interests.
 
“Unfair Discrimination”
 
A plan of reorganization does not “discriminate unfairly” if a dissenting class is treated substantially equally to other classes similarly situated and no such class receives more than it is legally entitled to receive for its claims or interests.
 
The Debtors do not believe that the Plan discriminates unfairly against any impaired Class of Claims or Interests.  Although the Plan distinguishes between Qualified Unsecured Trade Claims and General Unsecured Claims, this distinction carries valid business and legal justifications.  The Debtors believe that the Plan and the treatment of all Classes of Claims and Interests under the Plan satisfy the foregoing requirements for nonconsensual Confirmation of the Plan.
 
Effect of Confirmation of the Plan
 
Retention of Jurisdiction by the Bankruptcy Court
 
Notwithstanding the entry of the Confirmation Order and the occurrence of the Effective Date, on and after the Effective Date, the Bankruptcy Court shall retain exclusive jurisdiction over all matters arising out of, or related to, the Chapter 11 Cases and the Plan pursuant to sections 105(a) and 1142 of the Bankruptcy Code, including jurisdiction to:
 
1.  allow, disallow, determine, liquidate, classify, estimate, or establish the priority, Secured or unsecured status, or amount of any Claim or Interest, including (i) the resolution of any request for payment of any Administrative Claim, and (ii) the resolution of any and all objections to the Secured or unsecured status, priority, amount, or allowance of Claims or Interests;
 
2.  decide and resolve all matters related to the granting and denying, in whole or in part, any applications for allowance of compensation or reimbursement of expenses to Professionals authorized pursuant to the Bankruptcy Code or the Plan;
 
3.  resolve any matters related to:  (a) the assumption or assumption and assignment of any Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease to which a Debtor is party or with respect to which a Debtor may be liable and to hear, determine, and, if necessary, liquidate, any Claims arising therefrom, including Cure Claims pursuant to section 365 of the Bankruptcy Code; (b) any potential contractual obligation under any Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease that is assumed; and (c) any dispute regarding whether a contract or lease is or was executory or expired;
 
 
43

 
4.  ensure that distributions to Holders of Allowed Claims and Allowed Interests are accomplished pursuant to the provisions of the Plan;
 
5.  adjudicate, decide, or resolve any motions, adversary proceedings, contested or litigated matters, and any other matters, and grant or deny any applications involving a Debtor that may be pending on the Effective Date;
 
6.  adjudicate, decide, or resolve any and all matters related to section 1141 of the Bankruptcy Code;
 
7.  enter and implement such orders as may be necessary or appropriate to execute, implement, or consummate the provisions of the Plan and all contracts, instruments, releases, indentures, and other agreements or documents created in connection with the Plan or the Disclosure Statement;
 
8.  enter and enforce any order for the sale of property pursuant to sections 363, 1123, or 1146(a) of the Bankruptcy Code;
 
9.  resolve any cases, controversies, suits, disputes, or Causes of Action that may arise in connection with the Consummation, interpretation, or enforcement of the Plan or any Entity’s obligations incurred in connection with the Plan;
 
10.  issue injunctions, enter and implement other orders, or take such other actions as may be necessary or appropriate to restrain interference by any Entity with Consummation or enforcement of the Plan;
 
11.  resolve any cases, controversies, suits, disputes, or Causes of Action with respect to the releases, injunctions, and other provisions contained in Article VIII of the Plan and enter such orders as may be necessary or appropriate to implement such releases, injunctions, and other provisions;
 
12.  resolve any cases, controversies, suits, disputes, or Causes of Action with respect to the repayment or return of distributions and the recovery of additional amounts owed by the Holder of a Claim or Interest for amounts not timely repaid pursuant to Article VI.L.1 of the Plan;
 
13.  enter and implement such orders as are necessary or appropriate if the Confirmation Order is for any reason modified, stayed, reversed, revoked, or vacated;
 
14.  determine any other matters that may arise in connection with or relate to the Plan, the Disclosure Statement, the Confirmation Order, or any contract, instrument, release, indenture, or other agreement or document created in connection with the Plan or the Disclosure Statement;
 
15.  enter an order or Final Decree concluding or closing the Chapter 11 Cases;
 
16.  adjudicate any and all disputes arising from or relating to distributions under the Plan;
 
17.  consider any modifications of the Plan, to cure any defect or omission, or to reconcile any inconsistency in any Bankruptcy Court order, including the Confirmation Order;
 
18.  determine requests for the payment of Claims and Interests entitled to priority pursuant to section 507 of the Bankruptcy Code;
 
 
44

 
19.  hear and determine disputes arising in connection with the interpretation, implementation, or enforcement of the Plan or the Confirmation Order, including disputes arising under agreements, documents, or instruments executed in connection with the Plan;
 
20.  hear and determine matters concerning state, local, and federal taxes in accordance with sections 346, 505, and 1146 of the Bankruptcy Code;
 
21.  hear and determine all disputes involving the existence, nature, scope, or enforcement of any exculpations, discharges, injunctions and releases granted in the Plan, including under Article VIII of the Plan;
 
22.  enforce all orders previously entered by the Bankruptcy Court; and
 
23.  hear any other matter not inconsistent with the Bankruptcy Code.
 
Settlement, Release, Injunction, and Related Provisions
 
Compromise and Settlement
 
Notwithstanding anything contained in the Plan to the contrary, the allowance, classification, and treatment of all Allowed Claims and their respective distributions and treatments hereunder takes into account and conforms to the relative priority and rights of the Claims and the Interests in each Class in connection with any contractual, legal, and equitable subordination rights relating thereto whether arising under general principles of equitable subordination, section 510 of the Bankruptcy Code, or otherwise.  As of the Effective Date, any and all such rights described in the preceding sentence are settled, compromised, and released pursuant to the Plan.  The Confirmation Order will constitute the Bankruptcy Court’s finding and determination that the settlements reflected in the Plan are (1) in the best interests of the Debtors, their estates, and all Holders of Claims, (2) fair, equitable, and reasonable, (3) made in good faith, and (4) approved by the Bankruptcy Court pursuant to section 363 of the Bankruptcy Code and Bankruptcy Rule 9019.  In addition, the allowance, classification, and treatment of Allowed Claims take into account any Causes of Action, whether under the Bankruptcy Code or otherwise under applicable non-bankruptcy law, that may exist between the Debtors and any Released Party; as of the Effective Date, any and all such Causes of Action are settled, compromised, and released pursuant to the Plan.  The Confirmation Order shall approve the releases by all Entities of all such contractual, legal, and equitable subordination rights or Causes of Action that are satisfied, compromised, and settled pursuant to the Plan.  Nothing in Article VIII.A of the Plan shall compromise or settle in any way whatsoever, any Causes of Action that the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, may have against a non-Released Party or provide for the indemnity of any non-Released Party.
 
In accordance with the provisions of this Plan, and pursuant to section 363 of the Bankruptcy Code and Bankruptcy Rule 9019, without any further notice to or action, order or approval of the Bankruptcy Court, after the Effective Date (1) the Reorganized Debtors may, in their sole and absolute discretion, compromise and settle Claims against the Debtors and (2) the Reorganized Debtors may, in their sole and absolute discretion, compromise and settle Causes of Action against other Entities.
 
Discharge of Claims and Termination of Interests
 
Pursuant to section 1141(d) of the Bankruptcy Code, and except as otherwise specifically provided in the Plan or in any contract, instrument, or other agreement or document created pursuant to the Plan, the distributions, rights, and treatment that are provided in the Plan shall be in complete satisfaction, discharge, and release, effective as of the Effective Date, of Claims (including any Intercompany Claims resolved or compromised after the Effective Date by the Reorganized Debtors), Interests, and Causes of Action of any nature whatsoever, including any interest accrued on Claims or Interests from and after the Petition Date, whether known or unknown, against, liabilities of, Liens on, obligations of, rights against, and Interests in, the Debtors or any of their assets or properties, regardless of whether any property shall have been distributed or retained pursuant to the Plan on account of such Claims and Interests, including demands, liabilities, and Causes of Action that arose before the Effective Date, any contingent or non-contingent liability on account of representations or warranties issued on or before the Effective Date, and all debts of the kind specified in sections 502(g), 502(h), or 502(i) of the Bankruptcy Code.  Any default by the Debtors or their Affiliates with respect to any Claim or Interest that existed immediately prior to or on account of the filing of the Chapter 11 Cases shall be deemed cured on the Effective Date.  The Confirmation Order shall be a judicial determination of the discharge of all Claims and Interests subject to the Effective Date occurring.
 
 
45

 
Releases
 
Release of Liens
 
Except as otherwise provided in the Plan, or in any contract, instrument, release, or other agreement or document created pursuant to the Plan, on the Effective Date and concurrently with the applicable distributions made pursuant to the Plan and, in the case of a Secured Claim, satisfaction in full of the portion of the Secured Claim that is Allowed as of the Effective Date, all mortgages, deeds of trust, Liens, pledges, or other security interests against any property of the Estates shall be fully released and discharged, and all of the right, title, and interest of any Holder of such mortgages, deeds of trust, Liens, pledges, or other security interests shall revert to the Reorganized Debtors and their successors and assigns.
 
Releases by the Debtors
 
Pursuant to section 1123(b) of the Bankruptcy Code, and except as otherwise specifically provided in the Plan, for good and valuable consideration, on and after the Effective Date, the Released Parties are deemed released and discharged by the Debtors, the Reorganized Debtors, and the Estates from any and all Claims, obligations, rights, suits, damages, causes of action, remedies, and liabilities whatsoever, whether for tort, fraud, contract, violations of federal or state securities laws, or otherwise, including any derivative Claims asserted or that could possibly have been asserted on behalf of the Debtors, whether known or unknown, foreseen or unforeseen, existing or hereinafter arising, in law, equity, or otherwise, that the Debtors, the Reorganized Debtors, the Estates, or their Affiliates would have been legally entitled to assert in their own right (whether individually or collectively) or on behalf of the Holder of any Claim or Interest or other Entity, based on or relating to, or in any manner arising from, in whole or in part, the Debtors or their Affiliates, the Chapter 11 Cases, the purchase, sale, or rescission of the purchase or sale of any Security of the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, the subject matter of, or the transactions or events giving rise to, any Claim or Interest that is treated in the Plan, the business or contractual arrangements between any Debtor and any Released Party, the restructuring of Claims and Interests prior to or in the Chapter 11 Cases, the negotiation, formulation, or preparation of the Plan and related Disclosure Statement, or related agreements, instruments, or other documents, upon any other act or omission, transaction, agreement, event, or other occurrence taking place on or before the Confirmation Date of the Plan, other than Claims or liabilities arising out of or related to any contractual or fixed monetary obligation owed to the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors.
 
 
46

 
Entry of the Confirmation Order shall constitute the Bankruptcy Court’s approval, pursuant to Bankruptcy Rule 9019, of the Debtor Release, which includes by reference each of the related provisions and definitions contained in the Plan, and further, shall constitute the Bankruptcy Court’s finding that the Debtor Release is:  (1) in exchange for the good and valuable consideration provided by the Released Parties; (2) a good faith settlement and compromise of the Claims released by Article VIII.D of the Plan; (3) in the best interests of the Debtors and all Holders of Claims and Interests; (4) fair, equitable, and reasonable; (5) given and made after due notice and opportunity for hearing; and (6) a bar to any of the Debtors asserting any claim or Cause of Action released pursuant to the Debtor Release.
 
Releases by Holders of Claims and Interests
 
Except as provided in the last sentence of Article VIII.E of the Plan, as of the Effective Date, each Holder of a Claim or an Interest in the Debtors, except to the extent that such Holder either voted to reject the Plan or is classified in a Class that is deemed to reject the Plan, shall be deemed to have conclusively, absolutely, unconditionally, irrevocably, and forever, released and discharged the Third Party Releasees from any and all Claims, Interests, obligations, rights, suits, damages, Causes of Action, remedies, and liabilities whatsoever, whether for tort, fraud, contract, violations of federal or state securities laws, or otherwise, including any derivative Claims, asserted on behalf of a debtor, whether known or unknown, foreseen or unforeseen, existing or hereafter arising, in law, equity, or otherwise, that such entity would have been legally entitled to assert (whether individually or collectively), based on or in any way relating to, or in any manner arising from, in whole or in part, the Debtors, the Non-Filers, the Debtors’ restructuring, the Chapter 11 Cases, the purchase, sale, or rescission of the purchase or sale of any Security of the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, the subject matter of, or the transactions or events giving rise to, any Claim or Interest that is treated in the Plan, the business or contractual arrangements between any Debtor and any Released Party, the restructuring of Claims and Interests prior to or in the Chapter 11 Cases, the negotiation, formulation, or preparation of the Plan, the related Disclosure Statement, the related Plan Supplement, or related agreements, instruments, or other documents, upon any other act or omission, transaction, agreement, event, or other occurrence taking place on or before the Effective Date of the Plan, other than Claims or liabilities arising out of or relating to any act or omission of a Released Party that constitutes willful misconduct or gross negligence.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the foregoing, the release set forth above does not release any post-Effective Date obligations of any party under the Plan or any document, instrument, or agreement (including those set forth in the Plan Supplement) executed to implement the Plan.
 
 
47

 
Entry of the Confirmation Order shall constitute the Bankruptcy Court’s approval, pursuant to Bankruptcy Rule 9019, of the Third Party Release, which includes by reference each of the related provisions and definitions contained herein, and further, shall constitute the Bankruptcy Court’s finding that the Third Party Release is:  (1) in exchange for the good and valuable consideration provided by the Third Party Releasees; (2) a good faith settlement and compromise of the Claims released by Article VIII.E of the Plan; (3) in the best interests of the Debtors and all Holders of Claims and Interests; (4) fair, equitable, and reasonable; (5) given and made after due notice and opportunity for hearing; and (6) a bar to any Entity granting a Third Party Release from asserting any claim or Cause of Action released pursuant to the Third Party Release.
 
Exculpation
 
No Exculpated Party shall have or incur, and each Exculpated Party is released and exculpated by the Plan from any Exculpated Claim or any obligation, cause of action, or liability for any Exculpated Claim; provided, however, that the foregoing “Exculpation” shall have no effect on the liability of any Entity that results from any such act or omission that is determined by a Final Order to have constituted gross negligence or willful misconduct; provided further that in all respects such Entities shall be entitled to reasonably rely upon the advice of counsel with respect to their duties and responsibilities pursuant to, or in connection with, the Plan.  The Debtors and the Reorganized Debtors (and each of their respective Affiliates, agents, directors, officers, employees, advisors, and attorneys) have participated in compliance with the applicable provisions of the Bankruptcy Code with regard to the solicitation and distribution of the Securities pursuant to the Plan, and, therefore, are not, and on account of such distributions shall not be, liable at any time for the violation of any applicable law, rule, or regulation governing the solicitation of acceptances or rejections of the Plan or such distributions made pursuant to the Plan.
 
Injunction
 
Except as otherwise expressly provided in the Plan or for obligations issued pursuant to the Plan, all Entities who have held, hold, or may hold Claims or Interests that have been released pursuant to Article VIII.D or Article VIII.E of the Plan, discharged pursuant to Article VIII.A of the Plan, or are subject to exculpation pursuant to Article VIII.F of the Plan are permanently enjoined, from and after the Effective Date, from taking any of the following actions against, as applicable, the Debtors, the Non-Filers, the Reorganized Debtors, the Released Parties, or the Exculpated Parties:  (1) commencing or continuing in any manner any action or other proceeding of any kind on account of or in connection with or with respect to any such Claims or Interests; (2) enforcing, attaching, collecting, or recovering by any manner or means any judgment, award, decree, or order against such Entities on account of or in connection with or with respect to any such Claims or Interests; (3) creating, perfecting, or enforcing any encumbrance of any kind against such Entities or the property or estates of such Entities on account of or in connection with or with respect to any such Claims or Interests; (4) asserting any right of subrogation or recoupment of any kind against any obligation due from such Entities or against the property or Estates of such Entities on account of or in connection with or with respect to any such Claims or Interests; and (5) commencing or continuing in any manner any action or other proceeding of any kind on account of or in connection with or with respect to any such Claims or Interests released or settled pursuant to the Plan.
 
 
48

 
Important Securities Laws Disclosure
 
Under the Plan, shares of New Equity will be distributed to Holders of Claims in Class 3.
 
Reorganized GSE Holding, Inc. and the Debtors will rely on section 1145 of the Bankruptcy Code to exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act the offer and distribution of the New Equity.  Section 1145(a)(1) of the Bankruptcy Code exempts the offer and sale of securities under a plan of reorganization from registration under section 5 of the Securities Act and state laws when such securities are to be exchanged for claims or principally in exchange for claims and partly for cash.  In general, securities issued under section 1145 may be resold without registration unless the recipient is an “underwriter” with respect to those securities.  Section 1145(b)(1) of the Bankruptcy Code defines an “underwriter” as any person who:
 
 
1.
purchases a claim against, an interest in, or a claim for an administrative expense against the debtor, if that purchase is with a view to distributing any security received in exchange for such a claim or interest;
 
 
2.
offers to sell securities offered under a plan of reorganization for the holders of those securities;
 
 
3.
offers to buy those securities from the holders of the securities, if the offer to buy is (a) with a view to distributing those securities, and (b) under an agreement made in connection with the plan of reorganization, the completion of the plan of reorganization, or with the offer or sale of securities under the plan of reorganization; or
 
 
4.
is an issuer with respect to the securities, as the term “issuer” is defined in section 2(a)(11) of the Securities Act.
 
In addition, a person who receives a fee in exchange for purchasing an issuer’s securities could also be considered an underwriter within the meaning of section 2(a)(11) of the Securities Act.

The definition of an “issuer” for purposes of whether a person is an underwriter under section 1145(b)(1) of the Bankruptcy Code, by reference to section 2(a)(11) of the Securities Act, includes as “statutory underwriters” any person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by an issuer, or any person under direct or indirect common control with an issuer, of securities.  As a result, the reference to “issuer,” as used in the definition of “underwriter” contained in section 2(a)(11) of the Securities Act, is intended to cover “controlling persons” of the issuer of the securities. “Control,” as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act, means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract, or otherwise.  Accordingly, an officer, director or significant shareholder of a reorganized debtor or its successor under a plan of reorganization may be deemed to be a “controlling person” of such debtor or successor, particularly, with respect to officers and directors, if the management position or directorship is coupled with ownership of a significant percentage of the reorganized debtor’s or its successor’s voting securities.  In addition, the legislative history of section 1145 of the Bankruptcy Code suggests that a creditor who owns ten percent or more of a class of securities of a reorganized debtor may be presumed to be a “controlling person” and, therefore, an underwriter.

To the extent that Entities who receive the New Equity are deemed to be “underwriters,” resales by those Entities would not be exempted from registration under the Securities Act or other applicable law by section 1145 of the Bankruptcy Code.  Those Entities would, however, be permitted to sell New Equity or other securities without registration if they are able to comply with the provisions of Rule 144 under the Securities Act, as described further below.

 
49

 
You should confer with your own legal advisors to help determine whether or not you are an “underwriter.”
 
Under certain circumstances, Holders of New Equity deemed to be “underwriters” may be entitled to resell their securities pursuant to the limited safe harbor resale provisions of Rule 144 of the Securities Act, to the extent available, and in compliance with applicable state securities laws.  Generally, Rule 144 of the Securities Act provides that persons who are affiliates of an issuer who resell securities will not be deemed to be underwriters if certain conditions are met.  These conditions include the requirement that current public information with respect to the issuer be available, a limitation as to the amount of securities that may be sold, the requirement that the securities be sold in a “brokers transaction” or in a transaction directly with a “market maker,” and that notice of the resale be filed with the SEC.
 
Certain U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences of the Plan
 
The following discussion summarizes certain U.S. federal income tax consequences of the Plan to the Debtors, Reorganized GSE Holding, Inc. and the Holders of Claims.  This discussion is based on the current provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “IRC”), Treasury regulations promulgated thereunder, judicial authorities, and current administrative rulings and practices, all as in in effect as of the date hereof, and all of which are subject to change at any time by legislative, judicial, or administrative action.  Any such change could be retroactively applied in a manner that could adversely affect the Debtors, Reorganized GSE Holding, Inc. or Holders of Claims.  In particular, some of the matters discussed herein relate to IRS positions taken in IRS Notices, which are particularly susceptible to change at any time.
 
The tax consequences of certain aspects of the Plan are uncertain due to the lack of applicable legal authority directly on point and may be subject to administrative or judicial interpretations that differ from the discussion below.  The Debtors have not requested, nor do they intend to request, a tax ruling from the Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”) regarding the U.S. federal income tax consequences of the Plan.  Consequently, there can be no assurance that the IRS will agree with the treatment set forth in the following discussion.  Further, the federal income tax consequences to the Debtors, Reorganized GSE Holding, Inc. and Holders of Claims may be affected by their particular circumstances and matters not discussed below.  For example, the following discussion does not address state, local, or foreign tax considerations that may be applicable and the discussion does not address the tax consequences of the Plan to Holders of Claims that are subject to special rules under the U.S. federal income tax laws (including, for example, banks, governmental authorities or agencies, pass-through entities, subchapter S corporations, dealers and traders in securities, insurance companies, financial institutions, tax-exempt organizations, small business investment companies, foreign taxpayers, persons who are related to the Debtors within the meaning of the IRC, persons using a mark-to-market method of accounting, holders of Claims who are themselves in bankruptcy, persons who received their Claims pursuant to the exercise of an employee stock option or otherwise as compensation, regulated investment companies and those who hold more than one Class of Claim or Interest) who may be subject to special rules not addressed herein.
 
In the case of a Holder that is classified as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes, the tax treatment of a partner in such partnership generally will depend upon the status of the partner and the activities of the partner and the partnership.  If you are a partner in a partnership, then you should consult your own tax advisor.
 
 
50

 
The following discussion assumes that Holders of Claims hold such Claims as “capital assets” within the meaning of section 1221 of the IRC.  This summary also assumes, except as provided below, that the various debt and other arrangements to which the Debtors are a party will be respected for U.S. federal income tax purposes in accordance with their form.
 
THE DISCUSSION SET FORTH BELOW IS INCLUDED FOR GENERAL INFORMATION ONLY.  THE PLAN PROPONENTS AND THEIR COUNSEL AND FINANCIAL ADVISORS ARE NOT MAKING ANY REPRESENTATIONS REGARDING THE PARTICULAR TAX CONSEQUENCES OF CONFIRMATION AND CONSUMMATION OF THE PLAN, NOR ARE THEY RENDERING ANY FORM OF LEGAL OPINION OR TAX ADVICE ON SUCH TAX CONSEQUENCES.  THE TAX LAWS APPLICABLE TO CORPORATIONS IN BANKRUPTCY ARE EXTREMELY COMPLEX, AND THE FOLLOWING SUMMARY IS NOT EXHAUSTIVE.  HOLDERS OF CLAIMS AND HOLDERS OF INTERESTS ARE STRONGLY URGED TO CONSULT THEIR TAX ADVISORS REGARDING TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THE PLAN, INCLUDING U.S. FEDERAL, STATE, AND LOCAL AND FOREIGN TAX CONSEQUENCES.
 
IRS CIRCULAR 230 DISCLOSURE: TO ENSURE COMPLIANCE WITH REQUIREMENTS IMPOSED BY THE IRS, ANY TAX ADVICE CONTAINED IN THIS DISCLOSURE STATEMENT (INCLUDING ANY ATTACHMENTS) IS NOT INTENDED OR WRITTEN TO BE USED, AND CANNOT BE USED, BY ANY TAXPAYER FOR THE PURPOSE OF AVOIDING TAX-RELATED PENALTIES UNDER THE IRC.  TAX ADVICE CONTAINED IN THIS DISCLOSURE STATEMENT (INCLUDING ANY ATTACHMENTS) IS WRITTEN IN CONNECTION WITH THE PROMOTION OR MARKETING OF THE TRANSACTIONS OR MATTERS ADDRESSED BY THE DISCLOSURE STATEMENT.  EACH TAXPAYER SHOULD SEEK ADVICE BASED ON THE TAXPAYER’S PARTICULAR CIRCUMSTANCES FROM AN INDEPENDENT TAX ADVISOR.
 
A.
Certain U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences to the Debtors
 
In general, the Debtors do not expect to incur any substantial tax liability as a result of implementation of the Plan.  However, the Debtors do expect to realize a significant amount of cancellation of indebtedness income (“COD Income”) upon implementation of the Plan, which income is likely to result in the elimination of a substantial portion of the Debtors’ tax attributes, including some or all of their net operating losses (“NOLs,” and collectively with any built-in losses of the Debtors, the “Pre-Change Losses”), and the tax basis in their assets may be reduced.
 
 
1.
Cancellation of Debt Income
 
Under the IRC, a taxpayer generally recognizes gross income to the extent that indebtedness of the taxpayer is cancelled for less than the amount owed by the taxpayer, subject to certain judicial or statutory exceptions. The amount of COD Income, in general, is the excess of (a) the adjusted issue price of the indebtedness satisfied, over (b) the sum of (x) the amount of cash paid, (y) the issue price of any new indebtedness of the taxpayer issued and (z) the fair market value of any property transferred, in each case, in satisfaction of such indebtedness.
 
A taxpayer will not, however, be required to include any amount of COD Income in gross income if the taxpayer is under the jurisdiction of a court in a case under chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code and the discharge of debt occurs pursuant to that proceeding.  Instead, a taxpayer must reduce certain of its tax attributes by the amount of COD Income that it so excluded from gross income pursuant to section 108 of the IRC.  In general, tax attributes will be reduced in the following order:  (a) NOLs; (b) most tax credits; (c) capital loss carryovers; (d) tax basis in assets (but not below the amount of liabilities to which the debtor remains subject); (e) passive activity loss and credit carryovers; and (f) foreign tax credits.  A debtor with COD Income may elect first to reduce the basis of its depreciable assets pursuant to section 108(b)(5) of the IRC.  In the context of a consolidated group of corporations, the tax rules provide for a complex ordering mechanism in determining how the tax attributes of one member can be reduced by the COD Income of another member.
 
 
51

 
Because the Plan provides that holders of certain Claims will receive New Equity, the amount of COD Income, and accordingly the amount of tax attributes required to be reduced (if any), will depend in part on the fair market value of the New Equity.  The fair market value of the New Equity cannot be known with certainty until after the Effective Date.  The Debtors expect that, subject to the limitations discussed herein, they will be required to make material reductions in their tax attributes.
 
 
2.
Limitation on NOLs and Built-in Losses
 
The Debtors have approximately $33.4 million of NOLs as of December 31, 2013. The Debtors expect that, as a consequence of the COD Income resulting from the Consummation of the Plan (which COD Income will be excluded from income under section 108 of the IRC as discussed above), all or a portion of their NOLs may be eliminated and that tax basis in their assets may be reduced. The amount of such tax attributes that will be available to the Reorganized Debtors following such reduction is based on a number of factors and is impossible to calculate at this time.  Some of the factors that will impact the amount of available tax attributes include:  (a) the amount of taxable income incurred by the Debtors in 2014; (b) the fair market value of the New Equity; and (c) the amount of COD Income incurred by the Debtors in connection with Consummation of the Plan.
 
Following Consummation of the Plan, the Debtors anticipate that any remaining NOLs and other tax attributes may be subject to limitation under section 382 of the IRC by reason of the transactions pursuant to the Plan. Under section 382 of the IRC, any corporation that undergoes an “ownership change” within the meaning of section 382 of the IRC becomes subject to an annual limitation on its ability to utilize its NOLs and “built-in losses” in its assets.  A corporation generally has a built-in loss in its assets to the extent that the corporation’s tax basis in its assets is greater than the value of such assets.
 
The restructuring will most likely result in an ownership change for purposes of section 382 of the IRC.  If and to the extent that the Debtors have NOLs remaining after implementation of the Plan, then the Debtors’ ability to use those NOLs would most likely be subject to an annual limitation.  Similarly, if and to the extent that the Debtors have a built-in loss in their assets, then the Debtors’ ability to claim a deduction for those built-in losses, including as depreciation or amortization deductions, could be subject to an annual limitation during the first five years after the restructuring is completed.  Outside of bankruptcy, the amount of such annual limitation would be approximately equal to the amount determined by multiplying the long-term tax exempt bond rate (approximately 3.4 percent for ownership changes occurring during May 2014) by the Debtors’ equity value immediately before the ownership change.  The section 382 limitation may be increased to the extent that the Debtors recognize certain built-in gains in their assets during the five-year period following the ownership change or are treated as recognizing built-in gains pursuant to the safe harbors provided in IRS Notice 2003-65.  Section 383 of the IRC applies a similar limitation to capital loss carryforwards and tax credits.  Any unused limitation may be carried forward, thereby increasing the annual limitation in the subsequent taxable year.  As discussed below, however, special rules may apply in the case of a corporation which experiences an ownership change as the result of a bankruptcy proceeding.
 
 
52

 
An exception to the foregoing annual limitation rules generally applies when so-called “qualified creditors” and continuing shareholders of a debtor company in chapter 11 receive, in respect of their claims, at least 50 percent of the vote and value of the stock of the reorganized debtor (or a controlling corporation if also in chapter 11) pursuant to a confirmed chapter 11 plan (the “382(l)(5) Exception”). Under the 382(l)(5) Exception, a debtor’s NOLs and built-in losses are not limited on an annual basis but, instead, are required to be reduced by the amount of any interest deductions claimed during the three taxable years preceding the effective date of the plan of reorganization, and during the part of the taxable year prior to and including the effective date of the plan of reorganization, in respect of all debt converted into stock in the reorganization. If the 382(l)(5) Exception applies and a debtor undergoes another ownership change within two years, the debtor’s Pre-Change Losses, capital loss carryforwards and tax credits effectively would be eliminated in their entirety.
 
Where the 382(l)(5) Exception is not applicable (either because the debtor does not qualify for it or the debtor elects not to utilize the 382(l)(5) Exception), a second special rule will generally apply (the “382(l)(6) Exception”). When the 382(l)(6) Exception applies, a debtor corporation that undergoes an “ownership change” generally is permitted to determine the fair market value of its stock, for purposes of calculating the annual limitation, after taking into account the increase in value resulting from any surrender or cancellation of creditors’ claims in the bankruptcy. This differs from the ordinary rule that requires the fair market value of a debtor corporation that undergoes an “ownership change” to be determined before the events giving rise to the change. The 382(l)(6) Exception also differs from the 382(l)(5) Exception in that (i) the debtor corporation is not required to reduce its NOLs by the amount of interest deductions claimed within the prior three-year period described above and (ii) the debtor may undergo another ownership change within two years without triggering the elimination of its NOLs.
 
It is expected that the Debtors will not qualify for the 382(l)(5) Exception.  Alternatively, the Reorganized Debtors may elect out of the 382(l)(5) Exception.  In either case, the Debtors expect that their use of the Pre-Change Losses, capital loss carryforwards and tax credits, if any, after the Effective Date will be subject to limitation based on the rules discussed above, but taking into account the 382(l)(6) Exception.  Regardless of whether the Reorganized Debtors take advantage of the 382(l)(6) Exception or the 382(l)(5) Exception, the Reorganized Debtors’ use of their Pre-Change Losses, capital loss carryforwards and tax credits, if any, after the Effective Date may be adversely affected if another “ownership change” within the meaning of section 382 of the IRC were to occur after the Effective Date.
 
 
3.
Alternative Minimum Tax
 
In general, an alternative minimum tax (“AMT”) is imposed on a corporation’s alternative minimum taxable income (“AMTI”) at a 20 percent rate to the extent such tax exceeds the corporation’s regular federal income tax for the year.  AMTI is generally equal to regular taxable income with certain adjustments.  For purposes of computing AMTI, certain tax deductions and other beneficial allowances are modified or eliminated.  For example, except for alternative minimum tax NOLs generated in or deducted as carryforwards in taxable years ending in certain years, which can offset 100 percent of a corporation’s AMTI, only 90 percent of a corporation’s AMTI may be offset by available alternative minimum tax NOL carryforwards.  Additionally, under the IRC, an ownership change (as discussed above) that occurs with respect to a corporation having a net unrealized built in loss in its assets will cause, for AMT purposes, the adjusted basis of each asset of the corporation immediately after the ownership change to be equal to its proportionate share (determined on the basis of respective fair market values) of the fair market value of the assets of the corporation, as determined under section 382(h) of the IRC, immediately before the ownership change.
 
 
53

 
B.           Certain U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences to Holders of Claims
 
 
4.
Consequences to Holders of Class 3 Claims
 
Pursuant to the Plan, each Holder of an Allowed Class 3 Claim will receive its Pro Rata share of the New Equity.  Although the law is not entirely clear on this point, the Debtors intend to take the position that each Holder of an Allowed Class 3 Claim will be treated as entering into an exchange with GSE Environmental, Inc. pursuant to which its Claim is exchanged, in a fully taxable transaction, for New Equity of GSE Holdings, Inc. issued to GSE Environmental, Inc.  A Holder of a Class 3 Claim will generally recognize gain or loss equal to the difference, if any, between (i) the fair market value of the New Equity as of the Effective Date received by such Holder in exchange for its Class 3 Claim, and (ii) the Holder’s basis in the debt instrument constituting the surrendered Class 3 Claim.  Such gain or loss should be capital in nature (subject to the “market discount” rules described below) and should be long-term capital gain or loss if the debts constituting the surrendered Class 3 Claim were held for more than one year.  A Holder‘s tax basis in the New Equity will equal the fair market value of the New Equity as of the Effective Date.  A Holder’s holding period for the New Equity should begin on the day following the Effective Date.
 
 
5.
Consequences to Holders of Class 5 Claims
 
Pursuant to the Plan, each Holder of an Allowed Class 5 Claim will receive its Pro Rata share of the General Unsecured Claims Recovery Pool. A Holder that receives Cash from the General Unsecured Claims Recovery Pool in exchange for its Claim pursuant to the Plan generally will recognize gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes in an amount equal to the difference between (i) the amount of Cash received in exchange for its Claim and (ii) the Holder’s adjusted tax basis in its Claim.
 
HOLDERS SHOULD CONSULT THEIR OWN TAX ADVISORS CONCERNING THE RECOGNITION OF GAIN OR LOSS, FOR FEDERAL INCOME TAX PURPOSES, ON THE SATISFACTION OF THEIR CLASS 3 OR CLASS 5 CLAIMS.
 
 
6.
Accrued Interest
 
To the extent that any amount received by a Holder of a surrendered Claim under the Plan is attributable to accrued interest, such amount should be taxable to the Holder as interest income. Conversely, a Holder of a surrendered Claim may be able to recognize a deductible loss to the extent that any accrued interest on the debt instruments constituting such Claim was previously included in the Holder’s gross income but was not paid in full by the Debtors.  Such loss may be ordinary, but the law on this point is uncertain.
 
The extent to which the consideration received by a Holder of a surrendered Claim will be attributable to accrued interest on the debts constituting the surrendered Claim is also uncertain.  Treasury regulations generally treat a payment under a debt instrument first as a payment of accrued and unpaid interest and then as a payment of principal, however, it is unclear that such Treasury Regulations apply to payments made pursuant to the Plan.  Pursuant to the Plan, all distributions in respect of any Claim will be allocated first to the principal amount of such Claim, to the extent otherwise permitted and as determined for federal income tax purposes, and thereafter to the remaining portion of such Claim, if any. However, the provisions of the Plan are not binding on either the IRS or a court for purposes of determining the appropriate tax treatment of creditors.
 
 
54

 
HOLDERS SHOULD CONSULT THEIR OWN TAX ADVISORS CONCERNING THE ALLOCATION OF CONSIDERATION RECEIVED IN SATISFACTION OF THEIR CLAIMS AND THE FEDERAL INCOME TAX TREATMENT OF ACCRUED BUT UNPAID INTEREST.
 
 
7.
Market Discount
 
Under the “market discount” provisions of sections 1276 through 1278 of the IRC, some or all of the gain realized by a Holder of a Claim who exchanges the debt instrument for other property on the Effective Date may be treated as ordinary income (instead of capital gain), to the extent of the amount of “market discount” on the debt instruments constituting the surrendered Claim.
 
In general, a debt instrument is considered to have been acquired with “market discount” if its Holder’s adjusted tax basis in the debt instrument immediately after its acquisition is less than (i) the sum of all remaining payments to be made on the debt instrument, excluding “qualified stated interest” (generally, stated interest that is unconditionally payable at least annually) or (ii) in the case of a debt instrument issued with OID, its adjusted issue price, by at least a de minimis amount (equal to 0.25 percent of the sum of all remaining payments to be made on the debt instrument, excluding qualified stated interest, multiplied by the number of remaining whole years to maturity).
 
Any gain recognized by a Holder on the taxable disposition of surrendered debts (determined as described above) that was acquired with market discount would be treated as ordinary income to the extent of the market discount that accrued thereon while such debts were considered to be held by the Holder (unless the Holder elected to include market discount in income as it accrued).
 
 
8.
Medicare Tax
 
Certain Holders that are individuals, estates, or trusts may be required to pay an additional 3.8 percent tax on, among other things, dividends, interest, and gains from the sale or other disposition of capital assets for taxable years beginning after December 31, 2012.  Holders that are individuals, estates, or trusts should consult their tax advisors regarding the effect, if any, of this tax provision on their own situation.
 
C.           Backup Withholding
 
           In general, information reporting requirements may apply to distributions or payments under the Plan.  Additionally, under the backup withholding rules, a Holder of a Claim may be subject to backup withholding (currently at a rate of 28 percent) with respect to distributions or payments made pursuant to the Plan unless that Holder: (a) comes within certain exempt categories (which generally include corporations) and demonstrates that fact; or (b) timely provides a correct taxpayer identification number on IRS Form W-9 and certifies under penalty of perjury that the taxpayer identification number is correct and that the Holder is not subject to backup withholding.  Backup withholding is not an additional tax but is, instead, an advance payment of tax that may be refunded to the extent it results in an overpayment of tax, provided that the required information is timely provided to the IRS.
 
The Debtors will withhold all amounts required by law to be withheld from payments of interest.  The Debtors will comply with all applicable reporting requirements of the IRS.
 
The tax consequences of the Plan and to the Holders are subject to uncertainties, and depend in part on each Holder’s specific situation.  Holders are urged consult their tax advisors regarding the particular tax consequences to them of the transactions contemplated by the Plan.
 
 
55

 
Recommendation of the Debtors
 
In the opinion of the Debtors, the Plan is preferable to the alternatives described in this Disclosure Statement because it provides for a larger distribution to the Debtors’ stakeholder than would otherwise result in a liquidation under chapter 7 of the Bankruptcy Code.  In addition, any alternative other than Confirmation of the Plan could result in extensive delays and increased administrative expenses resulting in smaller distributions to Holders of Allowed Claims and Allowed Interests than proposed under the Plan.  Accordingly, the Debtors recommend that Holders of Claims and Interests entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan support Confirmation of the Plan and vote to accept the Plan.
 
 
 
 
56

 
Dated:  May 4, 2014
 
  Respectfully submitted,  
         
  GSE ENVIRONMENTAL, INC.  
  (for itself and on behalf of each of its affiliated Debtors)  
         
         
  By: /s/ Daniel C. Storey  
   
Name:
Daniel C. Storey
 
   
Title:
Senior Vice President,
Chief Financial Officer
 
 
Prepared by:
 
 
Laura Davis Jones (DE Bar No. 2436)
Timothy P. Cairns (DE Bar No. 4228)
PACHULSKI STANG ZIEHL & JONES LLP
919 North Market Street, 17th Floor
P.O. Box 8705
Wilmington, Delaware 19899-8705 (Courier 19801)
Telephone:
(302) 652-4100
Facsimile:
(302) 652-4400
Email:
ljones@pszjlaw.com
 
tcairns@pszjlaw.com
 
- and -
 
Patrick J. Nash, Jr., P.C. (pro hac vice admission pending)
Jeffrey D. Pawlitz (pro hac vice admission pending)
Bradley Thomas Giordano (pro hac vice admission pending)
KIRKLAND & ELLIS LLP
300 North LaSalle
Chicago, Illinois 60654
Telephone:
(312) 862-2000
Facsimile:
(312) 862-2200
Email:
patrick.nash@kirkland.com
 
jeffrey.pawlitz@kirkland.com
 
bradley.giordano@kirkland.com
   
 
Proposed Co-Counsel for the
Debtors and Debtors in Possession

 
 

 
 
EXHIBIT A

Plan Of Reorganization
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

 
EXHIBIT B

Liquidation Analysis

[TO COME]
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

 
EXHIBIT C

Debtors’ Financial Projections

[TO COME]
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

 
EXHIBIT D

Debtors’ Prepetition Corporate Structure
 
 
 
 
 
 

GRAPHIC 6 logo.jpg begin 644 logo.jpg M_]C_X``02D9)1@`!`0$`8`!@``#_X0!F17AI9@``34T`*@````@`!`$:``4` M```!````/@$;``4````!````1@$H``,````!``(```$Q``(````0````3@`` M``````!@`````0```&`````!4&%I;G0N3D54('8U+C`P`/_;`$,``@$!`@$! M`@("`@("`@(#!0,#`P,#!@0$`P4'!@<'!P8'!P@)"PD("`H(!P<*#0H*"PP, M#`P'"0X/#0P."PP,#/_;`$,!`@("`P,#!@,#!@P(!P@,#`P,#`P,#`P,#`P, M#`P,#`P,#`P,#`P,#`P,#`P,#`P,#`P,#`P,#`P,#`P,#`P,#/_``!$(`#0` M9`,!(@`"$0$#$0'_Q``?```!!0$!`0$!`0```````````0(#!`4&!P@)"@O_ MQ`"U$``"`0,#`@0#!04$!````7T!`@,`!!$%$B$Q008346$'(G$4,H&1H0@C M0K'!%5+1\"0S8G*""0H6%Q@9&B4F)R@I*C0U-CH.$A8:'B(F*DI.4E9:7F)F:HJ.DI::GJ*FJ MLK.TM;:WN+FZPL/$Q<;'R,G*TM/4U=;7V-G:X>+CY.7FY^CIZO'R\_3U]O?X M^?K_Q``?`0`#`0$!`0$!`0$!`````````0(#!`4&!P@)"@O_Q`"U$0`"`0($ M!`,$!P4$!``!`G<``0(#$00%(3$&$D%1!V%Q$R(R@0@40I&AL<$)(S-2\!5B M7J"@X2%AH>(B8J2DY25EI>8F9JBHZ2EIJ>HJ:JRL[2UMK>X MN;K"P\3%QL?(RKR\_3U]O?X^?K_V@`,`P$` M`A$#$0`_`/U8_;6_;4'@]+KPCX1N@=68&._OXS_QY#O&AZ%R."1]WZ]/RI^$ M;%_$NIL268WTQ)/<^8U>_N[2.68EF8Y))Y)K],?A-\"?!(^&_A^X_P"$/\+^ M?/IMM)))_9<&Z1C$I+$[*->M\>(M2C_<0N.=.B.>/]]AC/H./6O:K;X3>%K.9)(?#>@Q21L&1DL(E9 M2.A!V]:Z"ONN$/"^EE.,^O8NHJLH_"K62??5N[[=M][6^%XO\4*N;8+ZCA*; MI1E\;O=M=M$K+OWVVO?R+]JO]JO3OV>?#GDP^5>^)+Y";2T)XC'3S9/11V'5 MB,>I'Y`_'/Q;J7CS]J/5-6U>[DOM0O;>"2::0\L=I_``#@`<`"OK7]MWS/\` MAJ/Q9YF__70[=W]WR(\8]J]L_89M/A?<_"#_`(J2'P/)X@6]EWG48[9KL1_+ MLSO&[;UQVKX_'9CB^).(:V6U:BI4Z2FHI[7C)*[VNW^"T76_V&!R["<-\/4, MSI4W5J5>1R:WM*+=EO9+\7J^EOB?PK_QY+]*^F/V&_V6#\8/$@\1:W;D^&M* MD^6-QQJ$P_@_W5X+>O`]SM8<[(88Q'&F3DX4<#DDU[7#_A/1I8V.,Q5>-: M$7?E2T;Z7=WIU:Z[;'B\0>+%>K@I8/"T)49R5N9O5+K;1:O9/IOO8Y[XN_%S M1?@AX*GUK69A#;PC9#"G^LN'[(@]3^0')XK\C/\`@HC\>-:^/_Q%\,ZKJLGE MP1SW"6=FC9CM(]J?*/4G`)8\D^V`/M#_`(*H2,?$W@]=S;?LMR<9XSOCKB?V M#&\!KXNUW_A./^$5\O[-']B_MH0%=^X[O+\WOC&<=L5R\69QB\TXECP^IJG2 MB_DVX;>VQ;3'Z58!^%+'`7P'D\#Y+6O+J>$O-)OZ]3^ M[_[8]6EXMR#@2,`JC/'\A7I__``27^*/C/XF_%OQQ-XFUC4KRQATZW%G: MW%PTL=N3*V2,G[QP,FN-_P""B/CWP:NI^%U\`V]OK<$GVVYOY+!#*1-))&V9 M&/.6^;'H!@5VW_!(/4K_`%KQ=XSN)]&OM/M8[.WC$TT)1'?>QV@^N.<5GPS' M$8;BR&']K[6/,_>4KQLX.6FO1NU_+H7Q/+#XGA*6(]E[*7*E9QM*ZFHZZ=4K MV\^I]'?M5?LJZ=^T-X=\Z'RK'Q)9(?LEX1Q(.OER8ZJ>QZJ>?4'\N?$/@C5O M`W[2FO:5JEC<6=]9001RQLOW3M/<<$$<@C@@U^RGB7Q/I_@W0[C4M4O(+'3[ M1=TT\S;4C&<AZY)'; M>*K5/]U=149RZ#H&`'*_B.,@<)^V[^T]\./B#\&KC0-"\4Z+J.N7%U#)%:0- MF5U1LL1QV'->&_L3:?<7_P"T[X5,,,DHMYWED*KGRT$3Y8^@Y'YU^=Y;B*W# M7$&'P&`KJM3JJ"E;9\TFMDY:QW3OZZ'Z'F.'H\3:U/6?^"J'_(U>#_^O2Y_]#2OS\_:4@DGU+POL1GQ/-G:,X^5*_0G M_@J?83'7/!]UY,GV?R+B(R;?E#;D.W/KCFN#_80^.W@GX(>+=A1Z MI;1Q69O#@3NK$L%X/(!'YUAQ!@8XKCBIAZL_9J37O/9?NEKJU^9T>W/T%9?M?_"F^3=!XR\/R+V*O_\`6JTO[6WP MU48'C'10/02'_"OJ^U_5>C44V.198U93N5AD'U%%?N1^&GS[^V5 M^QM#\8K*;Q%X=ACA\40)F6(?*NIJ,#!YP'`'![]#V(_+GX3?`SQK8>(=2\[P MCXFB_P!,F^]IDPS^\;_9K]>/@I^V#X1_:"\37FF^&;;Q9<1VO+ M739)+6X:WG1+F2,1.5E1UPK')0XSBJ?P6_;K^&'[0VC>$;_P=XC&M6_CAM0C MTKRK656>2Q`-S'(K*#$Z9'ROM+9!&00:_/,^\.<#F.(GB:0^(V/RZA##5(JK&'PW;32?2^MUIIVVVLE\8_L__LD^*/C#XMAL M+C3[_1=-AP]Y>75NT?E)Z*&QN8XP`/J>*_1#X4, MH,)1Y40K)M.\[<9!QS>O?\%"OAKH?@3P#XBCN/$VK:=\3-/EU70%TGPY?:A< M75K$D3R2M##$TD:JLT9.Y0?FQUKOX2X'P60QE*D^>I+>;6MNR71=^[WZ)<'% MO&^.SZ48U5R4X[03TOW;ZOMV6W5OP_\`;@^*'BKXR^)SH.BZ'KW_``C.DR'Y MUL9<7\PZN?E^ZO(7UY/<8\`E^%'BCRV_XIS7.G_/C+_\37WMXQ_;_P#ACX1\ M/>%=2CU;5O$$?C32SKNDPZ#H=[JMS<:>`I:[:*")GCB&]1EPN2<`%@16M8_M MI?#'4_&OPZT"W\66,^H?%G3;G5?">Q7\G68(%C>0QR8VA@LJD(Q#$;L`[3CY M?.?"O^U,9/&XK&2./%W[1>A6=KX7UQ6NO.C$LUG)%#'F,\L[`*H^IK]2OV:?V M:M)_9V\)?9[?;=ZQ>*#?WQ7#3'J%4?PH,\#OU-9MG^W3\+[L?"MF\2+:K\:K M>:X\(ORUU=]7VT5M;_/<3017Y2?\%!OV-/&'PM^(GA MVST_2-5\0:6T\\EM>65H\V4PG#A`=C#ISUZBOTDUO]LCP%X2F^'<.O:E?>&[ MKXI7LNF^'K?5].GL9KBYC1G,4BR(#"Q"G:)-NXE0,E@#@_$#_@H9\-?AO\*- M)\;7TWB>[\,ZQJ=QH\%YIWAR^O@EU!??V>TSZ/NM;KL]NM_/X;XPQN3QG1I>]3GO%[736J[/2S[K?96_/ M'P)\(?%D&G1B3PSKZ''>PE'_`++71?\`"J/%'_0N:Y_X`R__`!-?HAXB_:Z\ M">#?$GPWT;6M4NM&U?XKR20^'+*^L)X)[EXXA*ZR*R@P$!D7$NW+NB?>8"NI MTGXK:+KOQ(\0>$K6XDEU[PO96>H:A;^2P$4-V;@0$,1M8L;:;@$D;1G&1G\^ MJ>"N&E+F^M2_\!7^9^A4_&K$PCR_58_^!/\`R-O2U*Z9;@C!$2@@]N!17SWX MF_X*J?!GP9JOV'5-8\16EX(HYFB_X1G49=JR(KK\R0LIRK`\$XZ'!!%%?MD5 M96/Q.5V[GP]_P1O^.MP?^"CGQ`^'\7AWPM;VEO>^)KB35HK-UU6Z/]K22!9) M=^UE!D(`"#A5],GN?V"/@9H?P\^,G[(_B?1_MEG>>+_`.KG5[=)?]%O9[:UM MHHKDQXXF\I_++J1N5$!!V@@HI@SW;]@_X1Z3X'_;G_:::S-U)#H>LV%AI%O- M(&BTBWOK5=5NXH``-JRWMW+*P)/(4#`6O!?"?P)T?XV_LJ?LFZ#JUUKUE;P? M"7Q!+!F[762%E)QUVME#W4T44`Y>*OV0_ M"5R_P?\``'[[3]%T6^M?#_P`:M=^S:7?6WF6!3[=JR"-H MU*_(H;@`C&T>E%%`'K'@+P]HW[:_P=_9$M/&>AZ6ND^)K#Q%!<:=IR-;6UNJ M6,R1F'YB\;)Y:,K!LJZA@<@4[X6Z*UI_P1,\(V<][?:A)'X^TXR7=TX:XN7' MQ`B8O(P`!9FY)`&23THHH`D_;H^"MO\`'/XB_M'>,]2\0>*-.U;X+^'M+?PS M'IE\+>VA>*W&K*TL>T^8?M:1.<\$1(,<'/#_`+3?[>7CG]F[_@K9X3T;PXNB M?8OBYH?A6WUT75HTK*BW%X!Y)#C8<7,G7=_#Z